gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
1eb7cd77
JB
4@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
5@setchapternewpage off
03727ca6 6@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 7@direntry
c906108c 8* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 9@end direntry
c906108c 10
a67ec3f4 11@copying
0b302171
JB
12Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1994, 1996, 1998-2006, 2008-2012 Free
13Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65 17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
4f5d9f07 18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
23@end copying
24
25@ifnottex
26This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
27
28@insertcopying
29@end ifnottex
c906108c 30
055855a4 31@syncodeindex vr fn
56caf160 32
c906108c 33@titlepage
25822942 34@title @value{GDBN} Internals
984359d2 35@subtitle A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger
c906108c
SS
36@author John Gilmore
37@author Cygnus Solutions
38@author Second Edition:
39@author Stan Shebs
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@page
42@tex
43\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
44\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
45{\parskip=0pt
46\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
47\hfill \manvers\par
48\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
49}
50@end tex
51
52@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 53@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
54@end titlepage
55
449f3b6c 56@contents
449f3b6c 57
c906108c
SS
58@node Top
59@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
60@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
61@top Scope of this Document
62
25822942
DB
63This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
64includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
65as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
66
67@menu
587afa38 68* Summary::
c906108c
SS
69* Overall Structure::
70* Algorithms::
71* User Interface::
89437448 72* libgdb::
5f5233d4 73* Values::
669fac23 74* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
75* Symbol Handling::
76* Language Support::
77* Host Definition::
78* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 79* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
80* Target Vector Definition::
81* Native Debugging::
82* Support Libraries::
a0e0ffdf
DE
83* Coding Standards::
84* Misc Guidelines::
c906108c 85* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 86* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 87* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 88* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 89* Testsuite::
c906108c 90* Hints::
aab4e0ec 91
bcd7e15f 92* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 93* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
055855a4
EZ
94* Concept Index::
95* Function and Variable Index::
c906108c
SS
96@end menu
97
587afa38
EZ
98@node Summary
99@chapter Summary
100
101@menu
102* Requirements::
103* Contributors::
104@end menu
c906108c 105
587afa38
EZ
106@node Requirements
107@section Requirements
56caf160 108@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
109
110Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
111requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
112of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
113that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 114
56caf160
EZ
115First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
116front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
117shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
120available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
121programmer.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
124the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
125going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
126to debugger commands.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
129While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 130picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
131programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
132mollify the debugger.
c906108c 133
56caf160
EZ
134@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
135Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
136heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 137
56caf160
EZ
138@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
139available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
140supports.
c906108c 141
587afa38
EZ
142@node Contributors
143@section Contributors
144
145The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
146Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
147of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
148
149Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
150document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
151to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
152is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
153acknowledge everyone here.
154
155@quotation
156@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
157years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
158section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
159to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
160like to add your names!
161@end quotation
162
163A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
164small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
165code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
166approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
167this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
168for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
169Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
170
171Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
172watchpoints.
173
174Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
175and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
176
c906108c
SS
177
178@node Overall Structure
179
180@chapter Overall Structure
181
56caf160
EZ
182@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
183symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
184@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 185
2e685b93 186The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
187supporting code.
188
189The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
190interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
191parsing, type and value printing.
192
193The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
194physical target manipulation.
195
196The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
197number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
198elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
199supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
200this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
201should fit together.
202
203@section The Symbol Side
204
56caf160
EZ
205The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
206you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
207For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
208many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
209
210@section The Target Side
211
56caf160
EZ
212The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
213Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
214of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
215available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
216
217Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
218display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 219such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
220relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
221way.
222
223@section Configurations
224
56caf160
EZ
225@cindex host
226@cindex target
25822942 227@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
228@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
229executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
230third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
231
1f70da6a
SS
232Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
233support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
234order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
235when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
236
237Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
238dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
239breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
240to call a function.
241
242Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
243is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 244host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
245process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
246registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
247in the native-dependent files.
248
249Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
250are really part of the target environment, but which require
251@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
252file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
253
1f70da6a
SS
254When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
255on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 256
25ab7e6d
EZ
257@section Source Tree Structure
258@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
259
260The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
261are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
262to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 263@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
264
265Files that are related to some common task have names that share
266common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
267debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
268reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
269deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
270parlance for the program being debugged).
271
272There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
273@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
274files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
275(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
276specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
277
278Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
279debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
280native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
281
282The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
283
284@table @file
285@item cli
286Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
287Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
288
289@item gdbserver
290Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
291
292@item gdbtk
293Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
294
295@item mi
296The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
297
298@item signals
299Target signal translation code.
300
301@item tui
302Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
303Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
304@end table
c906108c
SS
305
306@node Algorithms
307
308@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 309@cindex algorithms
c906108c 310
56caf160
EZ
311@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
312often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
313cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
314algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
315they use.
c906108c 316
7d30c22d
JB
317@section Prologue Analysis
318
319@cindex prologue analysis
320@cindex call frame information
321@cindex CFI (call frame information)
322To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
323variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
324of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
325saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
326younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
327scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
328changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
329may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
330
331Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
332which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
333But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
334technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
335registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
336code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
337allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
338register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 339accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
340helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
341CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
342@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
343calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
344
345In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
346target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
347optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
348write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
349understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
350GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
351understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
352themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
353and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
354instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
355
356@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
357@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
358@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
359To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
360and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
361prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
362analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
363framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
364``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
365using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
366would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
367starts with the instruction:
368
369@example
370addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
371@end example
372@noindent
373we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
374this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
375value.
376
377If we then see an instruction like:
378
379@example
380addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
381@end example
382@noindent
383we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
384it is now 64 greater than its original value.
385
386If the next instruction were:
387
388@example
389mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
390@end example
391@noindent
392then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
393@code{r1} plus 64.
394
395It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
396need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
397registers. So after an instruction like this:
398
399@example
400mov (fp+4), r2
401@end example
402@noindent
403then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
404holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
405
406And so on.
407
408Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
409wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
410the instruction:
411
412@example
413xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
414@end example
415@noindent
416then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
417a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
418relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
419``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
420information is acceptable for our application.
421
422So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
423approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
424never inaccurate.
425
426Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
427machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
428contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
429from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
430current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
431Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
432kept track of.
433
434@itemize @bullet
435
436@item
437To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
438stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
439minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
440If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
441the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
442we don't know the frame size.
443
444@item
445To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
446search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
447registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
448original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
449to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
450anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
451@end itemize
452
453This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
454quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
455forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
456function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
457of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
458worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
459and maintain. In the approach described above:
460
461@itemize @bullet
462
463@item
464It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 465whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
466the effect of each instruction.
467
468@item
469It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
470instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
471wasn't already broken before.
472
473@item
474It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
475complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
476of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
477what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
478already gathering the right data for you.
479
480@end itemize
481
482The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
483the framework and how to use it.
484
485
c906108c
SS
486@section Breakpoint Handling
487
56caf160 488@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
489In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
490where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
491that location.
492
493There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
494breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
495
56caf160
EZ
496@cindex hardware breakpoints
497@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
498Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
499features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
500register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 501(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 502ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
503exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
504
505Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
506include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
507processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
508address.
509
510A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
511breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
512software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
513breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 514@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 515for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
516
517Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 518limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 519start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 520notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
521whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
522breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
523an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
524
525@cindex software breakpoints
526Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
527The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
528instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
529that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
530@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
531user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
532instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
533
534Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 535must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 536can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 537although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
538
539Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
540instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
541target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
542breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
543larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
544targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
545instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
546set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
547although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
548instruction.
549
c906108c
SS
550Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
551much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
552
8181d85f
DJ
553@table @code
554@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
555@findex target_remove_breakpoint
556@findex target_insert_breakpoint
557@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
558@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
560@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
561non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
562breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
563@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
564to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
565@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
566related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
567contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
568if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
569underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
570memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
571@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
572it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
573
574For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
575shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 576the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
577@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
578used to remove the breakpoint.
579
580@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
581@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
582@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
583@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
584@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
586@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
587non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
588a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
589@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
590@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
591but @code{placed_size} may be.
592@end table
593
c906108c
SS
594@section Single Stepping
595
596@section Signal Handling
597
598@section Thread Handling
599
600@section Inferior Function Calls
601
602@section Longjmp Support
603
56caf160 604@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 605@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
606@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
607stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
608which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
609command.
c906108c 610
4a9bb1df
UW
611@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
612To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
613@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
614@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
615Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
616target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
617determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
618define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
619value once calculated.
c906108c 620
9742079a
EZ
621@section Watchpoints
622@cindex watchpoints
623
624Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
625breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
626instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
627your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
628hunt down and kill such bugs.
629
630@cindex hardware watchpoints
631@cindex software watchpoints
632Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
633known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
634hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
635software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
636will use software watchpoints are:
637
638@itemize @bullet
639@item
640The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
641watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
642to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
643more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
644watchpoints.
645
646@item
647The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
648registers (as opposed to memory).
649
650@item
651Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
652this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
653resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
654breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
655breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
656
657@item
658No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
659implementation.
660@end itemize
661
662Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
663single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
664watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
665section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
666
b6b8ece6
EZ
667When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
668possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
669It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
670was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
671
672Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
673once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
674triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
675is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
676method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
677For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
678every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
679For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
680@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
681and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
682watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
683considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
684otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
685each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
686the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
687watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
688changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 689
1f70da6a
SS
690@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
691
9742079a
EZ
692@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
693watchpoints:
694
695@table @code
9742079a
EZ
696@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
697@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
698Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
699possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
700of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
701not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
702number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
703is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
704are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
705the same time).
706
707@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
708@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
709Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
710whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
711
b6b8ece6 712@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
713@findex target_insert_watchpoint
714@findex target_remove_watchpoint
715@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
716@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
718@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
719possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
720defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
721
474c8240 722@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
723 enum target_hw_bp_type
724 @{
725 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
726 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
727 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
728 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
729 @};
474c8240 730@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
731
732@noindent
733These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
734
9742079a 735@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
736@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
737If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
738associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
739@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
740is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
741not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
742it to improve handling of those also.
743
744@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
745immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
746target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
747resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
748control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 749
5009afc5
AS
750@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
751@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
752Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
753lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
754@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
755granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
756watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
757region.
758
9742079a
EZ
759@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
760@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 762watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
763this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
764which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
765set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
766to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
767watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 768
4a9bb1df
UW
769@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
770@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
771If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
772watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
773watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
774interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
775
776@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
777@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
779inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
780when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
781read or write.
9742079a 782
9742079a
EZ
783@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
784@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
785Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
786the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
787Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
788the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
789type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
790target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
791the @var{wait_status} argument.
792
793@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
794@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
795determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
796it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
797@end table
798
d983da9c
DJ
799@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
800@cindex watchpoints, with threads
801
802@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
803in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
804act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
805watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
806if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
807watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
808per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
809@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
810@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
811@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
812@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
813threads.
814
815@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
816at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
817multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
818queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
819is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
820@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
821thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
822two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
823will be called a second time for the second thread.
824
9742079a
EZ
825@subsection x86 Watchpoints
826@cindex x86 debug registers
827@cindex watchpoints, on x86
828
829The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
830registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
831generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
832support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
833subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
834
1f70da6a
SS
835(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
836thus only available for native configurations.)
837
9742079a
EZ
838To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
839following:
840
841@itemize @bullet
842@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
843@item
844Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
845target-dependent headers.
846
847@item
848Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
849defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
850
851@item
852Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 853@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
854
855@item
856Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
857below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
858which does the real work.
859@end itemize
860
861The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
862debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
863real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
864provide:
865
866@table @code
867@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
868@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
869Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
870
871@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
872@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
873Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
874
875@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
876@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
877Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
878number @var{idx}.
879
880@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
881@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
882Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
883used immediately after it is returned by
884@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
885register values.
886@end table
887
888For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
889that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
890to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
891allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
892expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
893wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
894maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
895anything to use this feature.
896
897The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
898bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
899be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
900region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
901@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
902bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
903a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
904region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
905
906The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
907@value{GDBN}'s application code:
908
909@table @code
910@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
911@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
912The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
913this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
914watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
915less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
916processors.
917
918@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
919@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
920The target function
921@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
922This
9742079a
EZ
923function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
924Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
925macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
926set in DR6.
927
ac77d04f
JJ
928@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
929@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
930The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
931is set to call this function. The
932argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
933function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
934Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
935macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
936returned.
937
9742079a
EZ
938@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
939@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
940@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
941@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
942Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
943@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
944are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
945looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
946region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
947reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
948register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
949the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
950value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
951register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
952and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
953inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
954@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
955required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
956each debug register.
957
958@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
959in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
960length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
961values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
962@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
963watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
964decrements the reference count, and only calls
965@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
966the count goes to zero.
967
968@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
969@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
970@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
971@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
972These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
973macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
974@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
975The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
976the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
977These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
978@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
979the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
980hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
981register.
982
9742079a
EZ
983@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
984@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
985This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
986bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
987the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
988@end table
989
990@noindent
991@strong{Notes:}
992@enumerate 1
993@item
994x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
995However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
996@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
997watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
998on x86.
999
1000@item
1001x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1002only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1003there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1004whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1005current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1006always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1007watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1008unavailable in many platforms.
1009@end enumerate
1010
5c95884b
MS
1011@section Checkpoints
1012@cindex checkpoints
1013@cindex restart
1014In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1015the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1016
1017Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1018whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1019state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1020registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1021of open files and devices.
1022
1023There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1024in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1025method implemented on the target side.
1026
1027A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1028state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1029not typically include information about external entities such as
1030open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1031
1032A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1033as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1034is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1035be used on other systems.
1036
b247355e 1037Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1038method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1039advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1040details of how it is done.
1041
1042
bcd7e15f
JB
1043@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1044@cindex observer pattern interface
1045@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1046
1047In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1048some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1049modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1050hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1051versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1052@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1053a strong limitation.
1054
1055A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1056Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1057a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1058previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1059easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1060interface when adding new notifications.
1061
1062See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1063currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1064implementation is also briefly discussed.
1065
c906108c
SS
1066@node User Interface
1067
1068@chapter User Interface
1069
1f70da6a
SS
1070@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1071command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1072
1073@section Command Interpreter
1074
56caf160 1075@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1076@cindex CLI
25822942 1077The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1078allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1079has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1080a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1081
56caf160
EZ
1082For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1083@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1084to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1085
56caf160
EZ
1086@findex add_cmd
1087@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1088To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1089the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1090place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1091the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1092
40dd2248
TT
1093@findex add_setshow_cmd
1094@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1095To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1096@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1097a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1098further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1099the new command structures for manipulation.
1100
56caf160
EZ
1101@cindex deprecating commands
1102@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1103Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1104deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1105aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1106@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1107return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1108command immediately after it is created.
1109
c72e7388 1110The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1111replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1112@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1113entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1114
587afa38 1115@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1116@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1117@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1118@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1119
1120@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1121The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1122@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1123interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1124from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1125every UI, to produce output.
1126
1127@subsection Overview and Terminology
1128
1129In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1130of output, and can even generate an input request.
1131
1132Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1133
1134@itemize @bullet
1135@item
1136to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1137
1138@item
1139to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1140operation;
1141
1142@item
1143to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1144progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1145
1146@item
1147to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1148
1149@item
1150to show @emph{debug data};
1151
1152@item
1153to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1154@end itemize
1155
1156@noindent
1157This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1158although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1159
1160Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1161involves one or more of the following:
1162
1163@itemize @bullet
1164@item
1165output of the actual data
1166
1167@item
1168formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1169easily readable by humans
1170
1171@item
1172machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1173parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1174
1175@item
c72e7388
AC
1176annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1177parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1178@end itemize
1179
1180The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1181Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1182of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1183deprecated.
1184
c72e7388
AC
1185Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1186a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1187non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1188header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1189
c72e7388
AC
1190@table @code
1191@item <table> @expansion{}
1192@code{<header> <body>}
1193@item <header> @expansion{}
1194@code{@{ <column> @}}
1195@item <column> @expansion{}
1196@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1197@item <body> @expansion{}
1198@code{@{<row>@}}
1199@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1200
1201
1202@subsection General Conventions
1203
c72e7388
AC
1204Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1205@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1206object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1207
c72e7388
AC
1208The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1209to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1210
c72e7388
AC
1211The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1212When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1213sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1214format.
1215
c72e7388
AC
1216When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1217call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1218
1219
c72e7388 1220@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1221
1222@cindex list output functions
1223@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1224@cindex tuple output functions
1225This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1226tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1227(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1228
c72e7388
AC
1229To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1230containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1231fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1232
c72e7388
AC
1233Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1234rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1235even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1236
1237@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1238Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1239maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1240
1241The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1242
474c8240 1243@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1244 ui_out_table_begin
1245 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1246 @dots{}
0ee54786 1247 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1248 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1249 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1250 @dots{}
1251 ui_out_tuple_end
1252 @dots{}
0ee54786 1253 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1254@end smallexample
0ee54786 1255
c72e7388 1256Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1257functions:
1258
c72e7388
AC
1259@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1260The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1261of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1262function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1263the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1264@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1265pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1266@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1267was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1268
1269The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1270the end of the table's output.
1271@end deftypefun
1272
c72e7388
AC
1273@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1274@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1275table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1276column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1277@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1278
1279The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1280value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1281@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1282center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1283specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1284column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1285call.
0ee54786
EZ
1286@end deftypefun
1287
1288@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1289This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1290@end deftypefun
1291
1292@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1293This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1294after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1295functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1296
1297There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1298call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1299will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1300@end deftypefun
1301
c72e7388 1302The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1303call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1304@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1305@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1306calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1307
c72e7388
AC
1308@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1309This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1310to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1311implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1312after the call.
1313@end deftypefun
1314
1315@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1316This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1317one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1318@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1319be signaled.
1320@end deftypefun
1321
587afa38 1322@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388 1323This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
a0e0ffdf
DE
1324(@pxref{Misc Guidelines, Cleanups}) to close the tuple.
1325It provides a convenient and correct implementation of the
1326non-portable@footnote{The function cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1327@smallexample
1328struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1329ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1330old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1331 uiout);
1332@end smallexample
1333@end deftypefun
1334
1335@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1336This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1337an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1338implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1339after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1340@end deftypefun
1341
1342@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1343This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1344one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1345@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1346be signaled.
1347@end deftypefun
1348
587afa38 1349@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388 1350Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
a0e0ffdf
DE
1351opens a list and then establishes cleanup
1352(@pxref{Misc Guidelines, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1353that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1354@end deftypefun
1355
1356@subsection Item Output Functions
1357
1358@cindex item output functions
1359@cindex field output functions
1360@cindex data output
1361The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1362items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1363
1364Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1367This is the most general output function. It produces the
1368representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1369according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1370@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1371supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1372supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1373
1374This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1375use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1376@end deftypefun
1377
c72e7388 1378@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1379This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1380@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1381the name of the field.
1382@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1383
1384@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1385This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1386@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1387@var{fldname} specifies
1388the name of the field.
1389@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1390
5af949e3
UW
1391@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1392This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1393@end deftypefun
1394
c72e7388 1395@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1396This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1397specification.
1398@end deftypefun
1399
1400Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1401functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1402@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1403the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1404used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1405of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1406@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1407you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1408@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1409@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1410and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1411constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1412you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1413@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1414
587afa38 1415@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1416This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1417same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1418passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1419@code{ui_stream} object.
1420@end deftypefun
1421
1422@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1423This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1424@var{streambuf}.
1425@end deftypefun
1426
c72e7388 1427@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1428This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1429@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1430@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1431@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1432the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1433@end deftypefun
1434
1435@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1436out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1437@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1438cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1439skeleton code to do that:
1440
1441@smallexample
1442 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1443 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1444 ...
1445 do_cleanups (old);
1446@end smallexample
1447
1448If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1449of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1450
1451@smallexample
1452 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1453 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1454@end smallexample
1455
1456Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1457@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1458same buffer twice.
1459
1460@subsection Utility Output Functions
1461
c72e7388 1462@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1463This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1464an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1465@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1466@end deftypefun
1467
c72e7388 1468@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1469This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1470easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1471this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1472from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1473
1474Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1475the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1476to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1477string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1478output short messages.
1479@end deftypefun
1480
1481@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1482This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1483text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1484list.
1485@end deftypefun
1486
c72e7388 1487@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1488This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1489verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1490current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1491verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1492setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1493as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1494argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1495@end deftypefun
1496
1497@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1498This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1499of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1500output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1501be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1502accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1503explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1504@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1505@end deftypefun
1506
1507@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1508This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1509the UI buffers output.
1510@end deftypefun
1511
1512
1513@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1514
1515@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1516@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1517This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1518functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1519@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1520@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1521
1522This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1523produce a table.
1524
1525The original code was:
1526
474c8240 1527@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1528 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1529 @{
1530 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1531
1532 annotate_field (0);
1533 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1534 annotate_field (1);
1535 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1536 annotate_field (2);
1537 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1538 annotate_field (3);
1539 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1540 if (addressprint)
1541 @{
1542 annotate_field (4);
1543 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1544 @}
1545 annotate_field (5);
1546 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1547
1548 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1549 @}
474c8240 1550@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1551
1552Here's the new version:
1553
474c8240 1554@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1555 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1556
1557 if (addressprint)
1558 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1559 else
1560 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1561
1562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1563 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1564 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1565 annotate_field (0);
1566 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1567 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1568 annotate_field (1);
1569 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1570 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1573 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1574 annotate_field (3);
1575 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1576 if (addressprint)
1577 @{
1578 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1579 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1580 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1581 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1582 else
c72e7388
AC
1583 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1584 @}
1585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1586 annotate_field (5);
1587 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1588 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1589 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1590 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1591@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1592
1593This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1594to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1595in the above example. The original code was:
1596
474c8240 1597@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598 annotate_record ();
1599 annotate_field (0);
1600 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1601 annotate_field (1);
1602 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1603 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1604 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1605 (int)b->type);
1606 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1607 annotate_field (2);
1608 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1609 annotate_field (3);
1610 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1611 @dots{}
474c8240 1612@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1613
1614This is the new version:
1615
474c8240 1616@smallexample
0ee54786 1617 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1618 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1619 annotate_field (0);
1620 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1621 annotate_field (1);
1622 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1623 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1624 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1625 (int) b->type);
1626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1627 annotate_field (2);
1628 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1629 annotate_field (3);
1630 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1631 @dots{}
474c8240 1632@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633
1634This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1635produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1636functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1637automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1638
474c8240 1639@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1640 annotate_field (5);
1641 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1642@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1643
1644The new version is:
1645
474c8240 1646@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1647 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1648 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1649 ...
1650 annotate_field (5);
1651 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1652 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1653@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654
1655This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1656@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1657was:
1658
474c8240 1659@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660 annotate_field (5);
1661 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1662 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1663 else
1664 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1665@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666
1667It became:
1668
474c8240 1669@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670 annotate_field (5);
1671 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1672 @{
1673 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1674 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1675 @}
1676 else
1677 @{
1678 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1679 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1680 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1681 @}
474c8240 1682@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1683
1684The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1685use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1686code was:
1687
474c8240 1688@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1689 annotate_field (5);
1690 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1691 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1692@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1693
1694It became:
1695
474c8240 1696@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1697 annotate_field (5);
1698 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1699 @{
1700 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1702 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1703 @}
474c8240 1704@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1705
1706Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1707code was:
1708
474c8240 1709@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710 annotate_field (5);
1711 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1712 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1713@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1714
1715It became:
1716
474c8240 1717@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1718 annotate_field (5);
1719 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1720 @{
1721 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1724 @}
474c8240 1725@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1726
1727Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1728
474c8240 1729@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1730 annotate_field (4);
1731 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1732 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1733@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1734
1735It became:
1736
474c8240 1737@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1738 annotate_field (4);
1739 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1740@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1741
1742
c906108c
SS
1743@section Console Printing
1744
1745@section TUI
1746
89437448 1747@node libgdb
c906108c 1748
89437448
AC
1749@chapter libgdb
1750
1751@section libgdb 1.0
1752@cindex @code{libgdb}
1753@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1754to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1755
1756@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1757@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1758@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1759better able to support graphical and other environments.
1760
1761Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1762evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1763
1764@itemize @bullet
1765@item
1766Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1767@item
1768Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1769@item
1770Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1771@item
1772Library - @file{gdb.h}
1773@end itemize
1774
1775The model that ties these components together is described below.
1776
1777@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1778
1779A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1780
1781@itemize @bullet
1782@item
1783As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1784@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1785state, etc).
1786@item
1787As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1788obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1789@end itemize
1790
c1468174 1791Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1792the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1793controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1794@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1795before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1796
1797@section CLI support
1798
1799At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1800@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1801their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1802requirements.
1803
1804It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1805(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1806out the theory:
1807
1808@itemize @bullet
1809@item
1810The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1811@item
1812The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1813versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1814@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1815@item
1816The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1817used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1818@end itemize
1819
1820When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1821along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1822the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1823through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1824At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1825virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1826
1827The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1828@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1829client's custom builder).
1830
1831@section @code{libgdb} components
1832
1833@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1834@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1835be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1836observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1837the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1838finished the current command.
1839
1840@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1841@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1842create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1843when doing any queries.
1844
1845@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1846@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1847@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1848loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1849implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1850
1851The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1852@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1853instead of returning.
1854
1855@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1856@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1857the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1858builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1859before the query function returns.
c906108c 1860
5f5233d4
PA
1861@node Values
1862@chapter Values
1863@section Values
1864
1865@cindex values
1866@cindex @code{value} structure
1867@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1868abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1869and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1870
1871Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1872view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1873value.
1874
1875A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1876@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1877
1878@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1879@table @code
1880@item @code{not_lval}
1881This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1882
1883@item @code{lval_memory}
1884This value represents an object in memory.
1885
1886@item @code{lval_register}
1887This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1888
1889@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1890Represents the value of an internal variable.
1891
1892@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1893Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1894structure field.
1895
1896@cindex computed values
1897@item @code{lval_computed}
1898These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1899objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1900support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1901functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1902backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1903``destructor''.
1904
1905Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1906instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1907@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1908
1909@smallexample
1910static void
1911nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1912@{
1913 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1914 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1915 something more interesting. */
1916
1917 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1918 value_offset (v),
1919 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1920@}
1921
1922static void
1923nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1924@{
1925 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1926
1927 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1928 value_offset (v),
1929 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1930@}
1931
1932static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1933 @{
1934 nil_value_read,
1935 nil_value_write
1936 @};
1937
1938struct value *
1939make_nil_value (void)
1940@{
1941 struct type *type;
1942 struct value *v;
1943
1944 type = make_nils_type ();
1945 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1946
1947 return v;
1948@}
1949@end smallexample
1950
1951See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1952@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1953
1954@end table
1955
669fac23
DJ
1956@node Stack Frames
1957@chapter Stack Frames
1958
1959@cindex frame
1960@cindex call stack frame
1961A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1962and called functions.
1963
1964@cindex unwind frame
1965@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1966need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1967the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1968Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1969read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1970@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1971
1972@findex frame_register_unwind
1973@findex get_frame_register
1974@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1975``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1976@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1977frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1978#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1979obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1980frame itself?
1981
1982@cindex sentinel frame
1983@findex get_frame_type
1984@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1985To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1986``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1987the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1988is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1989SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1990
1991@section Selecting an Unwinder
1992
1993@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1994@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1995The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1996frame_unwind}), using the functions
1997@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1998@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1999sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2000previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2001registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2002The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2003is assigned to the frame.
2004
2005@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2006@cindex frame ID
2007
2008Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2009The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2010the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2011including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2012locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2013
2014Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2015cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2016to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2017frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2018when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2019frame_info} for the same frame.
2020
2021The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2022Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2023frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2024registers.
2025
2026Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2027frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2028two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2029address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2030the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2031the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2032
005ca36a 2033An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2034@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2035
005ca36a
JB
2036@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2037when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2038to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2039(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2040@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2041that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2042method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2043
669fac23
DJ
2044@section Unwinding Registers
2045
2046Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2047takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2048It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2049as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2050current in this frame's caller.
2051
2052The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2053have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2054will generate the appropriate value:
2055
2056@table @code
2057@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2058@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2059This register was not saved.
2060
2061@item frame_unwind_got_register
2062@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2063This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2064is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2065same register.
2066
2067@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2068@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2069This register was saved in memory.
2070
2071@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2072@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2073This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2074value some other way.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_address
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2078Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2079address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2080explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2081pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2082generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2083@end table
2084
c906108c
SS
2085@node Symbol Handling
2086
2087@chapter Symbol Handling
2088
1f70da6a
SS
2089Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2090variables, functions, and types.
2091
2092Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2093reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2094bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2095all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2096computational, rather than file reading.
2097
2098One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2099to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2100not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2101time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2102we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2103symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2104
2105@section Symbol Reading
2106
56caf160
EZ
2107@cindex symbol reading
2108@cindex reading of symbols
2109@cindex symbol files
2110@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2111file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2112debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2113symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2114more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2115addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2116libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2117
2118@findex find_sym_fns
2119Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2120the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2121of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2122this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2123
2124@findex add_symtab_fns
2125@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2126@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2127Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2128@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2129to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2130name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2131and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2132times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2133prefix.
2134
2135The functions supplied by each module are:
2136
2137@table @code
2138@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2139
56caf160 2140@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2141Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2142symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2143resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2144read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2145might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2146whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2147
2148The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2149@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2150new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2151and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2152information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2153in the @code{private} field.
2154
2155There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2156@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2157
2158@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2159
2160Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2161This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2162state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2163@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2164arguments and no result. It may be called after
2165@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2166may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2167
2168@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2169
2170Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2171symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2172
56caf160 2173@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2174@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2175the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2176address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2177table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2178or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2179@end table
2180
2181In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2182@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2183to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2184from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2185
2186@table @code
2187@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2188
56caf160 2189Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2190the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2191pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2192symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2193@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2194zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2195@end table
2196
2197@section Partial Symbol Tables
2198
56caf160 2199@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2200
2201@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2202@cindex full symbol table
2203@cindex symtabs
2204@item
2205Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2206information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2207
56caf160
EZ
2208@cindex psymtabs
2209@item
2210Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2211information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2212symbol table.
2213
56caf160
EZ
2214@cindex minimal symbol table
2215@cindex minsymtabs
2216@item
2217Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2218gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2219@end itemize
2220
56caf160 2221@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2222This section describes partial symbol tables.
2223
2224A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2225file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2226extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2227need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2228information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2229quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2230pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2231the user.
2232@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2233
2234The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2235visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2236that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2237types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2238
2239The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2240full symbol table would represent.
2241
56caf160
EZ
2242@cindex finding a symbol
2243@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2244The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2245code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2246
2247@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2248@findex find_pc_function
2249@findex find_pc_line
2250@item
c1468174 2251By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2252function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2253range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2254@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2255@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2256
56caf160
EZ
2257@cindex lookup_symbol
2258@item
2259By its name
c1468174 2260(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2261function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2262psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2263have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2264case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2265qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2266local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2267does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2268@end itemize
2269
2270The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2271at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2272while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2273psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2274them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2275either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2276name.
2277
56caf160
EZ
2278It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2279been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2280in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2281all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2282ranges.
c906108c 2283
56caf160 2284The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2285thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2286be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2287bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2288and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2289on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2290unless you want to do a lot more work.
2291
ccefe4c4
TT
2292Whether or not psymtabs are created depends on the objfile's symbol
2293reader. The core of @value{GDBN} hides the details of partial symbols
2294and partial symbol tables behind a set of function pointers known as
2295the @dfn{quick symbol functions}. These are documented in
2296@file{symfile.h}.
2297
c906108c
SS
2298@section Types
2299
56caf160 2300@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2301
56caf160 2302@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2303These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2304types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2305into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2306that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2307knows about.
c906108c 2308
56caf160 2309@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2310
56caf160
EZ
2311@cindex type codes
2312Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2313of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2314@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2315which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2316types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2317other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2318or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2319
56caf160 2320@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2321
2322These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2323fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2324use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2325eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2326initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2327@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2328an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2329@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2330only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2331@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2332some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2333
2334@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2335@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2336
2337@subsection a.out
2338
56caf160
EZ
2339@cindex @code{a.out} format
2340The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2341consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2342which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2343respectively.
c906108c 2344
56caf160 2345The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2346place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2347@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2348format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2349symbols with distinctive attributes.
2350
56caf160 2351The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2352
2353@subsection COFF
2354
56caf160 2355@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2356The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2357COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2358number of sections is limited.
2359
2360The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2361was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2362For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2363included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2364encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2365
2366The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2367
2368@subsection ECOFF
2369
56caf160 2370@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2371ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2372workstations.
2373
2374The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2375
2376@subsection XCOFF
2377
56caf160 2378@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2379The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2380The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2381symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2382@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2383information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2384
2385The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2386shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2387refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2388relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2389using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2390been run (or the core file has been read).
2391
2392@subsection PE
2393
56caf160
EZ
2394@cindex PE-COFF format
2395Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2396executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2397
25822942 2398While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2399COFF reader.
2400
2401@subsection ELF
2402
56caf160 2403@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2404The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2405similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2406removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2407encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2408
2409The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2410
2411@subsection SOM
2412
56caf160 2413@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2414SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2415SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2416
1a92f856 2417The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2418
c906108c
SS
2419@section Debugging File Formats
2420
2421This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2422are independent of the object file format.
2423
2424@subsection stabs
2425
56caf160 2426@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2427@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2428format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2429formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2430
2431While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2432including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2433the real work.
2434
2435@subsection COFF
2436
56caf160 2437@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2438The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2439of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2440
2441@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2442
56caf160 2443@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2444ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2445
2446The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2447
1f70da6a
SS
2448@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2449
c906108c
SS
2450@subsection DWARF 2
2451
56caf160 2452@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2453DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2454
2455The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2456
31fffb02
CS
2457@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2458
2459@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2460Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2461merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2462format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2463information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2464is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2465DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2466DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2467
2468@itemize @bullet
2469@item
24704 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2471@item
24728 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2473order.
2474@end itemize
2475
2476The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2477Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2478@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2479
1f70da6a
SS
2480@subsection DWARF 3
2481
2482@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2483DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2484
c906108c
SS
2485@subsection SOM
2486
56caf160 2487@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2488Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2489
25822942 2490@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2491
56caf160
EZ
2492@cindex adding debugging info reader
2493If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2494there is probably little to be done.
2495
2496If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2497BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2498
2499You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2500debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2501routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2502debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2503depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2504
2505For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2506to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2507platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2508will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2509directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2510@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2511
c91d38aa
DJ
2512@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2513
2514Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2515its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2516namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2517
2518Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2519released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2520objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2521they could be unloaded at different times.
2522
2523User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2524these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2525is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2526the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2527
c906108c
SS
2528
2529@node Language Support
2530
2531@chapter Language Support
2532
56caf160
EZ
2533@cindex language support
2534@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2535although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2536manually.
c906108c 2537
56caf160
EZ
2538@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2539of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2540means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2541identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2542
25822942 2543@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2544
56caf160
EZ
2545@cindex adding source language
2546To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2547following steps:
c906108c
SS
2548
2549@table @emph
2550@item Create the expression parser.
2551
56caf160 2552@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2553This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2554building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2555@file{parse.c}.
2556
56caf160 2557@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2558Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2559parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2560@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2561various parsers from defining the same global names:
2562
474c8240 2563@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2564#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2565#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2566#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2567#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2568#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2569#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2570#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2571#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2572#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2573#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2574#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2575#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2576#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2577#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2578#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2579#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2580@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2581
2582At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2583initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2584@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2585@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2586that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2587and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2588@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2589language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2590for more information.
2591
2592@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2593
56caf160
EZ
2594@cindex expression evaluation routines
2595@findex evaluate_subexp
2596@findex prefixify_subexp
2597@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2598If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2599add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2600code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2601defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2602for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2603@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2604the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2605
2606@item Update some existing code
2607
2608Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2609@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2610
2611Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2612These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2613are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2614statement, an error is reported.
2615
56caf160 2616@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2617Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2618@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2619@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2620string.
2621
56caf160 2622@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2623Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2624language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2625dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2626
56caf160 2627@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2628Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2629code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2630This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2631Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2632file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2633information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2634code.
2635
56caf160
EZ
2636@findex print_subexp
2637@findex op_print_tab
2638Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2639expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2640printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2641
2642@item Add a place of call
2643
56caf160 2644@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2645Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2646@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2647
c906108c
SS
2648@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2649
2650Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2651variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2652not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2653distribution!
c906108c
SS
2654@end table
2655
2656
2657@node Host Definition
2658
2659@chapter Host Definition
2660
56caf160 2661With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2662definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2663mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2664
2665@section Adding a New Host
2666
56caf160
EZ
2667@cindex adding a new host
2668@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2669@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2670New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2671@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2672below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2673eventually disappear.
c906108c 2674
c906108c 2675@table @file
c906108c 2676@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2677This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2678native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2679machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2680by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2681
1f70da6a 2682Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2683@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2684@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2685
1f70da6a 2686New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2687
c906108c
SS
2688@end table
2689
1f70da6a
SS
2690(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2691used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2692have all been removed.)
2693
c906108c
SS
2694@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2695
56caf160 2696@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2697There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2698various systems.
c906108c
SS
2699
2700@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2701@cindex remote debugging support
2702@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2703@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2704This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2705default on all Unix-like hosts.
2706
2707@item ser-pipe.c
2708This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2709default on all Unix-like hosts.
2710
2711@item ser-mingw.c
2712This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2713Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2714
2715@item ser-go32.c
2716This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2717using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2718
56caf160 2719@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2720@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2721This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2722default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2723@end table
2724
2725@section Host Conditionals
2726
56caf160
EZ
2727When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2728defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2729attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2730host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2731setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2732
2733These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2734here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2735are:
c906108c 2736
56caf160 2737@ftable @code
25822942 2738@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2739The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2740@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2741
c906108c 2742@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2743@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2744Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2745line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2746characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2747which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2748mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2749
2750@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2751@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2752The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2753
2754@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2755@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2756The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2757
c906108c
SS
2758@item ISATTY
2759Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2760
1f70da6a
SS
2761@item FOPEN_RB
2762Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c 2763
c906108c
SS
2764@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2765Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2766the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2767@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2768
c906108c
SS
2769@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2770Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2771@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2772is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2773
c906108c 2774@item lint
56caf160 2775Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2776
2777@item volatile
2778Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2779@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2780@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2781
2782
2783@node Target Architecture Definition
2784
2785@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2786
56caf160
EZ
2787@cindex target architecture definition
2788@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2789machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2790with them.
c906108c 2791
af6c57ea
AC
2792The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2793@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2794using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2795
b6fd0dfb
NR
2796@menu
2797* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2798* Initialize New Architecture::
2799* Registers and Memory::
2800* Pointers and Addresses::
2801* Address Classes::
587afa38 2802* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2803* Frame Interpretation::
2804* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2805* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2806* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2807* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2808@end menu
2809
2810@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2811@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2812@cindex OS ABI variants
2813
2814@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2815ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2816variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2817components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2818
2819A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2820(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2821OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2822to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2823considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2824overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2825architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2826different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2827OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2828examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2829sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2830
2831@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2832A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2833selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2834for each BFD architecture.
2835
f4b3909f 2836The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2837
2838@table @code
2839
f4b3909f
EZ
2840@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2841@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2842Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2843
70f80edf
JT
2844@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2845@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2846The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2847settings for the architecture will be used.
2848
2849@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2850@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2851UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2852
2853@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2854@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2855GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2856
2857@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2858@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2859Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2860
2861@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2862@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2863OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2864
2865@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2866@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2867GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2868
2869@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2870@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2871FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2872
2873@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2874@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2875FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2876
2877@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2878@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2879NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2880
2881@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2882@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2883NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2884
2885@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2886@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2887OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2888
2889@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2890@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2891Windows CE.
70f80edf 2892
1029b7fa
MK
2893@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2894@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2895DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2896
f4b3909f
EZ
2897@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2898@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2899Irix.
2900
f4b3909f
EZ
2901@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2902@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2903Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2904
f4b3909f
EZ
2905@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2906@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2907HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2908
f4b3909f
EZ
2909@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2910@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2911HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2912
f4b3909f
EZ
2913@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2914@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2915QNX Neutrino.
2916
2917@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2918@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2919Cygwin.
2920
2921@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2922@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2923AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2924
2925@end table
2926
2927Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2928
587afa38 2929@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2930Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2931@end deftypefun
2932
c133ab7a 2933@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2934Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2935architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2936@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2937machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2938will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2939@end deftypefun
2940
2941@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2942Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2943BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2944If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2945be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2946any architecture.
2947@end deftypefun
2948
587afa38 2949@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2950Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2951The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2952be determined.
2953@end deftypefun
2954
2955@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2956Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2957@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2958corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2959architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2960with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2961@end deftypefun
2962
f4b3909f
EZ
2963@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2964Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2965@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2966from the note. This function should be called via
2967@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2968@end deftypefun
2969
b6fd0dfb 2970@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2971@section Initializing a New Architecture
2972
587afa38
EZ
2973@menu
2974* How an Architecture is Represented::
2975* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
2976* Creating a New Architecture::
2977@end menu
2978
2979@node How an Architecture is Represented
2980@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
2981@cindex architecture representation
2982@cindex representation of architecture
2983
7a107747 2984Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
2985via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
2986enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
2987@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
2988@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
2989called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
2990architecture constant and an initialization function.
2991
2992@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
2993@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
2994A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
2995defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
2996convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
2997in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
2998@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
2999@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3000
3001@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3002@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3003@findex gdbarch_register
3004The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3005@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3006@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3007pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3008@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3009within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3010@code{gdbarch_register}:
3011
3012@smallexample
3013void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3014 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3015 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3016@end smallexample
3017
3018The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3019associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3020called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3021@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3022associated with this architecture.
3023
3024For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3025architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3026
3027@smallexample
3028gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3029@end smallexample
3030
3031@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3032@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3033@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3034
587afa38 3035The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3036
3037@smallexample
3038static struct gdbarch *
3039@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3040 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3041@end smallexample
3042
3043The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3044architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3045have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3046value.
3047
3048The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3049is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3050search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3051return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3052create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3053
587afa38
EZ
3054@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3055@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3056The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3057passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3058@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3059architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3060architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3061initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3062to be created.
3063
3064The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3065
3066@smallexample
3067struct gdbarch_info
3068@{
3069 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3070 int byte_order;
3071 bfd *abfd;
3072 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3073 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3074 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3075@};
3076@end smallexample
3077
3078@vindex bfd_arch_info
3079The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3080architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3081enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3082pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3083additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3084which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3085architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3086pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3087
3088When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3089all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3090@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3091look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3092see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3093@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3094lookup to refine the search.
3095
7a107747
DJ
3096Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3097architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3098defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3099However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3100so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3101defaults from @var{arches}.
3102
587afa38
EZ
3103@node Creating a New Architecture
3104@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3105@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3106
3107@findex gdbarch_alloc
3108@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3109If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3110by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3111gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3112information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3113@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3114
3115@smallexample
3116struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3117 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3118@end smallexample
3119
3120@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3121@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3122The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3123there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3124required.
3125
3126For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3127functions, one to set the value of that element,
3128@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3129element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3130function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3131take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3132argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3133@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3134
3135The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3136in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3137functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3138architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3139header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3140
3141This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3142set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3143
3144@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3145@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3146to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3147information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3148gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3149hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3150information).
3151
3152If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3153@code{NULL}.
3154
b6fd0dfb 3155@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3156@section Registers and Memory
3157
56caf160
EZ
3158@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3159@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3160block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3161
56caf160
EZ
3162@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3163compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3164that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3165to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3166and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3167
25822942 3168@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3169
b6fd0dfb 3170@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3171@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3172@cindex pointer representation
3173@cindex address representation
3174@cindex word-addressed machines
3175@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3176@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3177@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3178@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3179@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3180@cindex D10V addresses
3181
3182On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3183indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3184whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3185machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3186However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3187address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3188identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3189
1f70da6a
SS
3190@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3191
172c2a43 3192For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3193instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3194actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3195jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3196full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3197If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3198then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3199However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3200low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3201zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3202the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3203refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3204code space.
3205
3206However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3207forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3208@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3209@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3210
3211(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3212affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3213going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3214
56caf160
EZ
3215To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3216one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3217byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3218of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3219@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3220@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3221@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3222and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3223
3224Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3225processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3226each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3227distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3228clean up some architecture-independent code.
3229
3230Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3231
3232@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3233Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3234@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3235appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3236@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3237@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3238inferior's.
3239
3240For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3241extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3242@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3243D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3244@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3245
3246If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3247will signal an internal error.
3248@end deftypefun
3249
3250@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3251Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3252pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3253@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3254inferior's.
3255
3256For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3257stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3258appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3259is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3260a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3261
3262If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3263will signal an internal error.
3264@end deftypefun
3265
f23631e4 3266@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3267Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3268as appropriate for the current architecture.
3269
3270This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3271For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3272described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3273@end deftypefun
3274
3275@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3276Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3277the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3278This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3279above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3280@end deftypefun
3281
4a9bb1df 3282Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3283relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3284definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3285simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3286
473f94e6 3287@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3288Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3289appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3290address the pointer refers to.
3291
3292This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3293C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3294@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3295
473f94e6 3296@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3297Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3298@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3299
3300This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3301C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3302@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3303
b6fd0dfb 3304@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3305@section Address Classes
3306@cindex address classes
3307@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3308@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3309
3310Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3311via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3312define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3313distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3314info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3315address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3316following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3317types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3318a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3319
473f94e6 3320@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3321Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3322is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3323This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3324@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3325@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3326
473f94e6 3327@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3328Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3329its name.
4a9bb1df 3330@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3331@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3332Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3333for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3334@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3335
3336Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3337the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3338functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3339
3340Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
334132-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3342suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3343uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3344of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3345to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3346
3347@smallexample
3348somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3349 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3350@{
b5b0480a
KB
3351 if (byte_size == 2)
3352 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3353 else
3354 return 0;
f2abfe65 3355@}
b5b0480a
KB
3356
3357static char *
3358somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3359@{
b5b0480a
KB
3360 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3361 return "short";
3362 else
3363 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3364@}
b5b0480a
KB
3365
3366int
3367somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3368 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3369@{
b5b0480a 3370 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3371 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3372 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3373 return 1;
f2abfe65 3374 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3375 else
3376 return 0;
f2abfe65 3377@}
b5b0480a
KB
3378@end smallexample
3379
3380The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3381to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3382example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3383one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3384behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3385
3386@smallexample
3387(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3388type = int * @@short
3389@end smallexample
3390
93e79dbd 3391
587afa38
EZ
3392@node Register Representation
3393@section Register Representation
3394
3395@menu
3396* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3397* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3398* Register Information Functions::
3399* Register and Memory Data::
3400* Register Caching::
3401@end menu
3402
3403@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3404@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3405@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3406@cindex cooked register representation
3407@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3408
3409@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3410linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3411physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3412Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3413representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3414OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3415are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3416GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3417could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3418GPRs represented as floating point values.
3419
3420For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3421hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3422hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3423@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3424the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3425
3426
3427@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3428@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3429@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3430
3431These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3432and type of registers in the architecture.
3433
3434@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3435@end deftypefn
3436@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3437
587afa38
EZ
3438Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3439functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3440counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3441@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3442be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3443function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3444ordinary register.
3445
3446Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3447cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3448
3449@end deftypefn
3450
3451@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3452@end deftypefn
3453@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3454
3455These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3456The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3457register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3458number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3459placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3460value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3461integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3462Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3463Representations}).
af6c57ea 3464
587afa38
EZ
3465The access should be for the specified architecture,
3466@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3467supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3468Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3469
587afa38 3470@end deftypefn
13d01224 3471
587afa38
EZ
3472@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3473@vindex sp_regnum
3474@cindex stack pointer
3475@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3476
587afa38
EZ
3477This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3478raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3479error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3480
587afa38
EZ
3481The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3482@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3483
3484@end deftypevr
3485
3486@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3487@vindex pc_regnum
3488@cindex program counter
3489@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3490
3491This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3492raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3493@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3494@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3495
3496The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3497through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3498@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3499
3500@end deftypevr
3501
3502@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3503@vindex ps_regnum
3504@cindex processor status register
3505@cindex status register
3506@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3507
3508This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3509the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3510defaults to -1 (not defined).
3511
3512If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3513@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3514
3515@end deftypevr
3516
3517@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3518@vindex fp0_regnum
3519@cindex first floating point register
3520
3521This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35220. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3523for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3524
587afa38 3525@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3526
587afa38
EZ
3527@node Register Information Functions
3528@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3529@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3530
587afa38
EZ
3531These functions return information about registers.
3532
3533@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3534
3535This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3536register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3537determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3538of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3539@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3540
3541For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3542General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3543register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3544register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3545@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3546that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3547the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3548@cindex frame pointer
3549@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3550Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3551register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3552@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3553architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3554have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3555pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3556used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3557
3558The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3559undefined. It should always be defined.
3560
3561The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3562
9fb4dd36
JB
3563@end deftypefn
3564
587afa38 3565@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3566
587afa38
EZ
3567Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3568may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3569creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3570provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3571together with functions to derive types from these.
3572
3573Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3574function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3575will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3576and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
357764-bit integer.
3578
3579This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3580information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3581available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3582
3583@end deftypefn
3584
3585@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3586
3587Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3588@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3589function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3590type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3591register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3592for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3593
3594The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
7a9dd1b2 3595with output to the file specified by the User Interface
587afa38
EZ
3596Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3597Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3598Functions}).
3599
3600The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3601@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3602the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3603decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3604the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3605@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3606all registers should be shown.
3607
3608By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3609line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3610
3611@end deftypefn
3612
3613@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3614
3615Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3616registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3617The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3618will be provided.
3619
3620The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3621meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3622@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3623command.
3624
3625Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3626
9fb4dd36
JB
3627@end deftypefn
3628
587afa38
EZ
3629@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3630
3631Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3632registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3633The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3634will be provided.
3635
3636The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3637same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3638string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3639vector} command.
3640
3641Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3642
9fb4dd36
JB
3643@end deftypefn
3644
587afa38
EZ
3645@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3646
3647@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3648vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3649@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3650is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3651
3652The information should be for the specified architecture,
3653@var{gdbarch}
3654
3655The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3656which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3657the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3658purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3659(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3660
3661@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3662
b6fd0dfb 3663@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3664@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3665@cindex register representation
3666@cindex memory representation
3667@cindex representations, register and memory
3668@cindex register data formats, converting
3669@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3670
587afa38
EZ
3671Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3672depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3673example:
13d01224
AC
3674
3675@itemize @bullet
3676
3677@item
3678The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3679floating-point registers.
3680
3681@item
3682The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3683@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3684bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3685
3686@end itemize
3687
3688In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3689the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3690the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3691Interface.
3692
3693For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3694representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3695However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3696following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3697between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3698
587afa38 3699@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3700
587afa38
EZ
3701Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3702this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3703value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3704(undefined).
83acabca 3705
587afa38
EZ
3706If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3707gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3708@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3709any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3710
587afa38
EZ
3711If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3712type, when no conversion is necessary.
3713@end deftypefn
13d01224 3714
587afa38 3715@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3716
587afa38
EZ
3717Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3718type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3719in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3720@var{to}.
3721
3722@quotation
3723@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3724@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3725arguments in different orders.
3726@end quotation
3727
3728@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3729for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3730non-zero value.
3731
3732@end deftypefn
3733
3734@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3735
13d01224
AC
3736Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3737raw format.
3738
587afa38
EZ
3739@quotation
3740@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3741@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3742arguments in different orders.
3743@end quotation
13d01224 3744
587afa38
EZ
3745@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3746for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3747non-zero value.
3748
3749@end deftypefn
3750
3751@node Register Caching
3752@subsection Register Caching
3753@cindex register caching
3754
3755Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3756accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3757circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3758
3759@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3760@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3761particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3762registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3763registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3764registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3765to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3766the actual registers in the target.
3767
3768Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3769ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3770when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3771users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3772@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3773
3774@findex regcache_cooked_read
3775@findex regcache_cooked_write
3776@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3777@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3778@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3779@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3780@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3781The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3782@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3783a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3784functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3785@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3786@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3787@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3788write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3789value as appropriate.
13d01224 3790
b6fd0dfb 3791@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3792@section Frame Interpretation
3793
587afa38
EZ
3794@menu
3795* All About Stack Frames::
3796* Frame Handling Terminology::
3797* Prologue Caches::
3798* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3799* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3800* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3801@end menu
3802
3803@node All About Stack Frames
3804@subsection All About Stack Frames
3805
3806@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3807variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3808variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3809for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3810function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3811back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3812
3813Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3814end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3815which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3816@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3817a key part of the ABI.
3818
3819A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3820factorials:
3821
3822@smallexample
3823#include <stdio.h>
3824int fact (int n)
3825@{
3826 if (0 == n)
3827 @{
3828 return 1;
3829 @}
3830 else
3831 @{
3832 return n * fact (n - 1);
3833 @}
3834@}
3835
3836main ()
3837@{
3838 int i;
3839
3840 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3841 @{
3842 int f = fact (i);
3843 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3844 @}
3845@}
3846@end smallexample
3847
3848Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3849main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3850calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3851}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3852
3853In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3854OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3855(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3856in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3857looks.
3858
3859@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3860
3861In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3862pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
386332-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3864Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3865indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3866pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3867-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3868from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3869a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3870compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3871functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3872stack entirely!}.
3873
3874It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3875has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3876function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3877zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3878@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3879(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3880through the chain of calls.
3881
3882The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3883 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3884its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3885the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3886with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3887a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3888
3889@node Frame Handling Terminology
3890@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3891
3892It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3893uses some precise terminology.
3894
3895@itemize @bullet
3896
3897@item
3898@cindex THIS frame
3899@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3900@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3901@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3902
3903@item
3904@cindex NEXT frame
3905@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3906@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3907The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3908frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3909
3910@item
3911@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3912@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3913@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3914The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3915the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3916
3917@end itemize
3918
3919So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3920Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3921@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3922@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3923@code{main@w{ }()}).
3924
3925@cindex innermost frame
3926@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3927@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3928The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3929function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3930of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3931
3932@cindex base of a frame
3933@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3934@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3935The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3936of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3937@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3938which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3939highest address in the frame.
3940
3941@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3942pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3943frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3944registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3945this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3946offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3947
3948@cindex unwinding
3949@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3950@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3951The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3952frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3953@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3954include unwind in their name.
3955
3956@cindex sniffing
3957@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3958@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3959The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3960should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3961that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3962in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3963the information for a particular frame.
3964
3965@cindex sentinel frame
3966@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3967@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3968Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3969about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3970this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3971@dfn{sentinel} frame.
3972
3973@node Prologue Caches
3974@subsection Prologue Caches
3975
3976@cindex function prologue
3977@cindex prologue of a function
3978All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
3979start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
3980registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
3981registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
3982function @dfn{prologue}.
3983
3984@cindex prologue cache
3985For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
3986standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
3987the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
3988@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
3989values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
3990calls involving the same frame.
3991
3992It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
3993@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
3994storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
3995@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
3996routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
3997THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
3998struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
3999where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4000frame.
4001
4002Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4003frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4004sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4005and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4006pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4007additional analysis.
4008
4009@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4010@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4011
4012These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4013to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4014required.
4015
4016@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4017
4018The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4019function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4020etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4021the prologue.
4022
4023This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4024counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4025the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4026optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4027the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4028information, making the job much easier.
4029
4030The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4031be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4032if that is available.
4033
4034@end deftypefn
4035
4036@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4037@findex core_addr_lessthan
4038@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4039
4040Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4041represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4042is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4043memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4044@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4045explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4046
4047The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4048be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4049functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4050down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4051in memory).
4052
4053@end deftypefn
4054
4055@anchor{frame_align}
4056@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4057@findex align_down
4058@findex align_up
4059
4060The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4061aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4062double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4063single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4064the end of a stack frame.
4065
4066Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4067returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4068
4069The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4070for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4071misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4072stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4073implementation of this function.
4074
4075@end deftypefn
4076
4077@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4078
4079Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4080functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4081example the OpenRISC 1000).
4082
4083This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4084(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4085describing this scratch area.
4086
4087The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4088red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4089@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4090
4091@end deftypevr
4092
4093@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4094@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4095
4096These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4097stack frame.
4098
4099@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4100
4101This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4102About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4103represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4104PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4105one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4106
4107The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4108is typically no more than:
4109
4110@smallexample
4111ULONGEST pc;
4112pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4113return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4114@end smallexample
4115
4116@end deftypefn
4117
4118@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4119
4120This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4121(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4122frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4123the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4124THIS one).
4125
4126The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4127is typically no more than:
4128
4129@smallexample
4130ULONGEST sp;
4131sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4132return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4133@end smallexample
4134
4135@end deftypefn
4136
4137@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4138
4139This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4140About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4141represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4142passed, or -1 if not known.
4143
4144The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4145arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4146architectures this will be a suitable default.
4147
4148@end deftypefn
4149
4150@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4151@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4152
4153When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4154struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4155appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4156
4157Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4158entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4159be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4160@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4161architectures using the following functions.
4162
4163@itemize @bullet
4164
4165@item
4166@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4167@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4168analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4169
4170@item
4171@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4172@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4173which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4174
4175@item
4176@findex frame_base_set_default
4177@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4178sniffer.
4179
4180@end itemize
4181
4182These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4183they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4184called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4185@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4186most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4187
4188The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4189@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4190a set of sniffing functions:
4191
4192@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4193@smallexample
4194struct frame_unwind
4195@{
4196 enum frame_type type;
4197 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4198 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4199 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4200 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4201 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4202 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4203@};
4204@end smallexample
4205
4206The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4207handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4208Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4209handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4210efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4211
4212The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4213relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4214additional information for signal handler frames.
4215
4216The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4217information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4218functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4219be tried instead.
4220
4221@itemize @bullet
4222
4223@item
4224@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4225entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4226
4227@item
4228@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4229the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4230
4231@item
4232@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4233determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4234
4235@item
4236@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4237frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4238(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4239, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4240
4241@item
4242@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4243the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4244Caches}).
4245
4246@end itemize
4247
4248In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4249fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4250
4251The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4252frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4253struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4254within the frame.
4255
4256@cindex @code{frame_base}
4257@smallexample
4258struct frame_base
4259@{
4260 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4261 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4262 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4263 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4264@};
4265@end smallexample
4266
4267All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4268argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4269base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4270@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4271frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4272base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4273
4274As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4275immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4276stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4277it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4278same address is also the base address for local variables and
4279arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4280entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4281other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4282@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4283used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4284@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4285OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4286case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4287defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4288
b6fd0dfb 4289@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4290@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4291@cindex calls to the inferior
4292
4293@menu
4294* About Dummy Frames::
4295* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4296@end menu
4297
4298@node About Dummy Frames
4299@subsection About Dummy Frames
4300@cindex dummy frames
4301
4302@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4303using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4304breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4305breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4306
4307This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4308been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4309This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4310such function calls.
4311
4312@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4313@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4314
4315The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4316@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4317
4318@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4319
4320This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4321called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4322and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4323appropriate for the ABI.
4324
4325@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4326that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4327values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4328function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4329regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4330arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4331values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4332a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4333structure should be returned.
4334
4335 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4336target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4337registers set up just as expected.
4338
4339The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4340function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4341call functions within the target being debugged.
4342
4343@end deftypefn
4344
4345@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4346
4347This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4348pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4349a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4350contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4351used.
4352
4353The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4354@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4355which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4356counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4357
4358The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4359defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4360
587afa38
EZ
4361@end deftypefn
4362
4363@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4364
4365If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4366call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4367target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4368there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4369breakpoint.
c906108c 4370
587afa38
EZ
4371It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4372writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4373executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4374breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4375
587afa38
EZ
4376If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4377to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4378dummy call should return.
4379
4380The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4381@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4382type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4383to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4384should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4385address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4386the updated innermost stack address.
4387
4388@quotation
4389@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4390Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4391@end quotation
4392
4393@end deftypefn
4394
b39f4988
JB
4395@node Adding support for debugging core files
4396@section Adding support for debugging core files
4397@cindex core files
4398
4399The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4400core file support in BFD.
4401
4402Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4403@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4404that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4405
587afa38
EZ
4406@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4407@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4408
4409This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4410together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4411target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4412
4413@table @code
4414
4a9bb1df
UW
4415@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4416@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4417If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4418really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4419@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4420in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4421
4422For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44232.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4424instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4425boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4426address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4427example look like that:
4428@smallexample
4429arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4430@{
4431 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4432@}
4433@end smallexample
c906108c 4434
4a9bb1df
UW
4435@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4436@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4437If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4438referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4439and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4440return 0.
4441
4442The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4443@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4444possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4445@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4446
4a9bb1df
UW
4447@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4448@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4449Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4450has been defined.
4451
4a9bb1df
UW
4452@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4453@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4454Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4455the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4456used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4457returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4458@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4459values or'd together.
4460@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4461
4a9bb1df
UW
4462@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4463@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4464Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4465been defined.
4466
4a9bb1df
UW
4467@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4468@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4469Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4470flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4471
4a9bb1df
UW
4472@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4473@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4474Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4475@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4476
4a9bb1df
UW
4477@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4478@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4479Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4480@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4481This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4482C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4483@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4484
4a9bb1df
UW
4485@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4486@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4487Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4488parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4489original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4490
32c9a795
MD
4491@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4492@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4493This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4494the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4495are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4496
32c9a795
MD
4497@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4498@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4499Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4500bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4501little-endian.
4502
c906108c 4503@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4504@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4505This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4506memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4507instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4508pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4509longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4510
56caf160 4511@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4512@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4513
c906108c 4514@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4515@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4516@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4517@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4518Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4519
56caf160 4520@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4521favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4522
4a9bb1df
UW
4523@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4524@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4525@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4526contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4527a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4528length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4529counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
121c73f3
JK
4530breakpoint should be inserted. On input, the program counter
4531(@code{*@var{pcptr}} is the encoded inferior's PC register. If software
4532breakpoints are supported, the function sets this argument to the PC's
4533plain address. If software breakpoints are not supported, the function
4534returns NULL instead of the encoded breakpoint instruction.
c906108c
SS
4535
4536Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4537not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4538instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4539instruction of the architecture.
4540
a655d424
JK
4541Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4542detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4543an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4544breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4545arbitrary parameter value.
4546
7a292a7a
SS
4547Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4548
4a9bb1df
UW
4549@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4550@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4551@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4552@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4553Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4554(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4555@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4556provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4557architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4558@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4559conventional manner.
4560
4561It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4562custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4563@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4564reason.
4565
4a9bb1df
UW
4566@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4567@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4568@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4569Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4570address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4571breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4572
4573The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4574The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4575instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4576instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4577one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4578in parallel.
4579
4580In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4581from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4582information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4583refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4584if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4585statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4586instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4587(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4588in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4589at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4590
4a9bb1df 4591The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4592breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4593the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4594
4595Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4596expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4597is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4598
4a9bb1df
UW
4599@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4600@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4601See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4602
4a9bb1df
UW
4603This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4604(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4605
4a9bb1df
UW
4606@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4607@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4608This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4609from an inferior process.
c906108c 4610
4a9bb1df
UW
4611@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4612@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4613This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4614written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4615status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4616default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4617
4a9bb1df
UW
4618@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4619@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4620Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4621@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4622@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4623
a53f55d8
PA
4624@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4625@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4626This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4627if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4628
4a9bb1df
UW
4629@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4630@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4631This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4632program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4633@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4634
56caf160
EZ
4635@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4636@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4637If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4638library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4639
4a9bb1df
UW
4640@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4641@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4642Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4643If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4644
4a9bb1df
UW
4645@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4646@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4647Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4648not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4649
c906108c 4650@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4651@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4652@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4653@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4654If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4655look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4656are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4657respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4658
4a9bb1df
UW
4659@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4660@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4661This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4662will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4663breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4664target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4665of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4666offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4667from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4668to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4669
268e2188
AC
4670@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4671@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4672Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4673conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4674feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4675repenting at leisure.
4676
9742079a
EZ
4677@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4678An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4679support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4680
4a9bb1df 4681@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4682@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4683Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4684The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4685the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4686final `return from function call' instruction.
4687
4a9bb1df
UW
4688@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4689@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4690Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4691trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4692
cfd8ab24
SS
4693@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4694@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4695Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4696dynamic linker.
4697
56caf160
EZ
4698@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4699@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4700Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4701should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4702function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4703to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4704stepping will suffice.
4705
4a9bb1df
UW
4706@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4707@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4708@cindex converting integers to addresses
4709Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4710conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4711the current architectures conventions.
4712
4713@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4714their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4715@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4716computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4717major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4718other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4719conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4720out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4721to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4722disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4723method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4724@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4725
4726@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4727Addresses}.
4728
4a9bb1df
UW
4729@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4730@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4731Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4732appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4733address the pointer refers to.
4734@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4735
4a9bb1df
UW
4736@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4737@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4738Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4739@var{type}.
4281a42e 4740@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4741
9fb4dd36 4742@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4743@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4744Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4745form.
13d01224 4746@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4747
4748@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4749@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4750Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4751form.
13d01224 4752@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4753
0ab4b752
MK
4754@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4755@findex regset_from_core_section
4756Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4757@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4758
b0ed3589 4759@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4760@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4761Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4762mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4763
d3e8051b 4764@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4765@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4766A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4767@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4768the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4769for examples.
4770
e35879db
UW
4771@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4772@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4773Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4774debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4775them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4776address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4777linking faster.
4778
4779Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4780argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4781are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4782debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4783addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4784mark the starts and ends of functions.
4785
4786In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4787
4788@itemize @bullet
4789@item
4790@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4791addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4792taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4793minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4794has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4795that carries the address.
4796
4797@item
4798@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4799@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4800guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4801@end itemize
4802
4a9bb1df
UW
4803@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4804@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4805@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4806nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4807instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4808
4a9bb1df
UW
4809@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4810@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4811@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4812the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4813code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
121c73f3 4814the return address (@var{bp_addr}, in inferior's PC register encoding).
c906108c 4815
86fe4aaa 4816@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4817function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4818
b24da7d0 4819Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4820
4a9bb1df
UW
4821@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4822@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4823@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4824instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4825called function should return.
4826
4827Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
121c73f3
JK
4828should be inserted (in inferior's PC register encoding), @var{real_pc} to the
4829resume address when starting the call sequence, and return the updated
4830inner-most stack address.
7043d8dc
AC
4831
4832By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4833(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
121c73f3
JK
4834reserved for that breakpoint (in inferior's PC register encoding), and
4835@var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
7043d8dc 4836
1f70da6a 4837This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4838
4a9bb1df
UW
4839@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4840@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4841Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4842regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4843
963e2bb7 4844@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4845@findex gdbarch_return_value
4846@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4847type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4848would use.
4849
4850@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4851@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4852in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4853value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4854passed in as the function's first parameter.
4855
963e2bb7
AC
4856If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4857non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4858@var{regcache}.
4859
963e2bb7 4860If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4861non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4862@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4863just returned function).
4864
92ad9cd9
AC
4865@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4866store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4867the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4868@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4869instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4870return-value extract and store.}
4871
4872@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4873parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4874that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4875then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4876@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4877
4878@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4879to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4880@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4881limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4882
4a9bb1df
UW
4883@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4884@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4885Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4886steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4887re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4888hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4889doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4890processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4891This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4892of a branch or jump.
4893
4a9bb1df
UW
4894@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4895@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4896If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4897the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4898that is at the start of the real function.
4899
1f70da6a
SS
4900@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4901@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4902If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4903number of that register.
4904
4a9bb1df
UW
4905@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4906@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4907Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4908regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4909
c906108c 4910@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4911@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4912Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4913
4a9bb1df
UW
4914@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4915@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4916Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4917it should be unsigned.
4918
4919The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4920equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4921character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4922Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4923on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4924
4a9bb1df
UW
4925@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4926@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4927Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4928
4a9bb1df
UW
4929@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4930@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4931Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4932
4a9bb1df
UW
4933@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4934@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4935Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4936
4a9bb1df
UW
4937@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4938@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4939Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4940
4a9bb1df
UW
4941@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4942@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4943Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4944defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4945
4946@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4947@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4948Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4949@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4950
4951@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4952@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4953Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4954@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4955
4956@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4957@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4958Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4959
4a9bb1df
UW
4960@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4961@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4962Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4963frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4964pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4965@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4966no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4967
587afa38
EZ
4968@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4969@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4970
9742079a
EZ
4971@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4972If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4973watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4974other related macros.
4975
4a9bb1df
UW
4976@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4977@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4978This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4979instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
4980debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
4981This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
4982(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
4983type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
4984@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
4985instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4986
669fac23
DJ
4987@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4988@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4989@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4990frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 4991frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 4992previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 4993
4a9bb1df
UW
4994@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4995@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4996Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4997@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4998
c906108c
SS
4999@end table
5000
5001Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5002
56caf160 5003@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5004@item BPT_VECTOR
5005Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5006not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5007
5008@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5009Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5010
56caf160 5011@end ftable
c906108c 5012
b6fd0dfb 5013@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5014@section Adding a New Target
5015
56caf160 5016@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5017The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5018
5019@table @file
f0323ca0 5020@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5021
c906108c
SS
5022@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5023Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5024some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5025
af6c57ea
AC
5026@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5027@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5028This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5029processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5030targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5031
c906108c
SS
5032@end table
5033
1f70da6a
SS
5034(Target header files such as
5035@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5036@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5037@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5038
587afa38
EZ
5039@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5040A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5041defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5042convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5043example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5044@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5045@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5046
5047The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5048contain the implementation of the
5049@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5050@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5051statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5052@kbd{configure} script.
5053
5054@quotation
5055@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5056corresponding binaries should be included in
5057@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5058dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5059@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5060show these dependencies.
5061@end quotation
5062
5063@findex gdbarch_register
5064A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5065the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5066@code{gdbarch_register}:
5067
5068@smallexample
5069void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5070 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5071 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5072@end smallexample
5073
5074This function has been described fully in an earlier
5075section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5076Architecture is Represented}.
5077
5078The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5079the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5080describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5081(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5082the same processor architecture.
5083
123dc839
DJ
5084@node Target Descriptions
5085@chapter Target Descriptions
5086@cindex target descriptions
5087
5088The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5089contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5090some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5091instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5092@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5093more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5094directly.
5095
5096For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5097target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5098Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5099topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5100
5101@menu
5102* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5103* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5104@end menu
5105
5106@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5107@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5108@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5109
5110Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5111an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5112reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5113new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5114
5115A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5116@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5117@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5118the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
511964-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5120
5121If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5122incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5123@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5124architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5125new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5126a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5127of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5128properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5129see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5130
5131@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5132@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5133@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5134
5135Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5136instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5137specific routines to support this.
5138
5139A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5140set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5141with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5142responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5143everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5144mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5145standard registers.
5146
5147If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5148registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5149
5150@itemize @bullet
5151
5152@item
5153Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5154searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5155
5156@item
5157Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5158
5159@item
5160Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5161to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5162
5163@item
5164Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5165feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5166the description was incomplete.
5167
5168@item
5169Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5170is called.
5171
5172@item
5173Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5174fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5175
5176@item
5177Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5178returning it.
5179
5180@end itemize
5181
5182After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5183@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5184routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5185the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5186for any additional registers in the description.
5187
5188Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5189
5190@itemize @bullet
5191
5192@item
5193Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5194constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5195as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5196pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5197which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5198can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5199@code{num_regs} instead.
5200
5201@item
5202The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5203architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5204@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5205@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5206describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5207internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5208gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5209
5210@end itemize
5211
5212
c906108c
SS
5213@node Target Vector Definition
5214
5215@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5216@cindex target vector
c906108c 5217
56caf160
EZ
5218The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5219abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5220actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5221@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5222each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5223
52bb452f
DJ
5224@menu
5225* Managing Execution State::
5226* Existing Targets::
5227@end menu
5228
5229@node Managing Execution State
5230@section Managing Execution State
5231@cindex execution state
5232
5233A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5234stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5235manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5236inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5237active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5238when the target has exited or not yet started.
5239
5240For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5241not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5242accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5243program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5244remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5245are directed to the simulator.
5246
5247A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5248onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5249@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5250@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5251
5252A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5253still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5254@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5255call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5256in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5257after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5258time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5259@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5260@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5261@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5262@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5263target to inactive state.
5264
5265@node Existing Targets
5266@section Existing Targets
5267@cindex targets
5268
5269@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5270
5271Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5272
52bb452f 5273@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5274
587afa38
EZ
5275@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5276runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5277@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5278systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5279operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5280have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5281protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5282
56caf160
EZ
5283The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5284your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5285SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5286program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5287
5288The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5289@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5290
5291@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5292@item
5293%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5294
56caf160
EZ
5295@item
5296traps are disabled;
c906108c 5297
56caf160
EZ
5298@item
5299you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5300@end enumerate
5301
5302As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5303is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5304The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5305hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5306which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5307set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5308first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5309
5310For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5311``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5312and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5313controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5314trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5315do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5316of the debugger/stub.
5317
5318From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5319They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5320
52bb452f 5321@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5322
52bb452f 5323@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5324
52bb452f 5325@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5326
52bb452f 5327@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5328
5329
5330@node Native Debugging
5331
5332@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5333@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5334
25822942 5335Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5336
5337@table @file
56caf160 5338@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5339@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5340Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5341machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5342native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5343Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5344@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5345define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5346@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5347
7fd60527
AC
5348@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5349originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5350on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5351purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5352eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5353suffix.}
5354
c906108c 5355@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5356(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5357macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5358child process control and core file support.
5359
5360@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5361Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5362this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5363@end table
5364
5365There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5366various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5367defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5368the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5369@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5370
5371Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5372to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5373Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5374into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5375
5376@table @file
c906108c
SS
5377@item inftarg.c
5378This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5379processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5380
5381@item procfs.c
5382This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5383processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5384
5385@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5386This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5387and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5388
5389@item infptrace.c
5390This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5391the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5392@end table
5393
c906108c
SS
5394@section ptrace
5395
5396@section /proc
5397
5398@section win32
5399
5400@section shared libraries
5401
5402@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5403@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5404
56caf160
EZ
5405When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5406defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5407target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5408undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5409
1f6d4158
AC
5410@table @code
5411
9742079a
EZ
5412@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5413An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5414support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5415
990f9fe3 5416@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5417@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5418Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5419@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5420@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5421processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5422
5423@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5424@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5425Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5426want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5427
5428@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5429@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5430When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5431twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5432the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5433number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5434expand into the number expected.
5435
c906108c
SS
5436@end table
5437
c906108c
SS
5438@node Support Libraries
5439
5440@chapter Support Libraries
5441
5442@section BFD
56caf160 5443@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5444
25822942 5445BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5446
5447@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5448@item identifying executable and core files
5449BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5450several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5451
5452@item access to sections of files
5453BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5454sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5455(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5456calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5457length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5458
5459@item specialized core file support
5460BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5461core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5462file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5463file.
5464
5465@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5466@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5467symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5468handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5469symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5470string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5471@end table
5472
5473@section opcodes
56caf160 5474@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5475
25822942 5476The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5477library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5478
5479@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5480@cindex readline library
5481The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5482that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5483
5484@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5485@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5486
5487The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5488that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5489systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5490groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5491environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5492a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5493functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5494beyond standard functions).
5495
5496@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5497library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5498floating format support functions, the input options parser
5499@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5500
5501@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5502@cindex @code{obstacks}
5503
5504The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5505chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5506like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5507allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5508@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5509@code{obstacks}).
5510
5511The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5512object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5513representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5514these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5515symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5516fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5517offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5518string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5519information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5520unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5521various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5522names of types.
5523
5524An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5525that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5526various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5527once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5528function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5529deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5530start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5531@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5532obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5533happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5534is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5535obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5536@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5537else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5538use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5539
5540Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5541under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5542longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5543when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5544new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5545
5546@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5547@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5548
5549Regex conditionals.
5550
5551@table @code
c906108c
SS
5552@item C_ALLOCA
5553
5554@item NFAILURES
5555
5556@item RE_NREGS
5557
5558@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5559
5560@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5561
5562@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5563
5564@item Sword
5565
5566@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5567@end table
5568
350da6ee
DJ
5569@section Array Containers
5570@cindex Array Containers
5571@cindex VEC
5572
5573Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5574objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5575and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5576and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5577inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5578Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5579
5580An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5581The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5582the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5583bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5584accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5585but implemented in C.
5586
5587Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5588and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5589these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5590pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5591stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5592dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5593object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5594elements are returned by value.
5595
5596There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5597returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5598variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5599the address-of can be optimized away.
5600
5601The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5602are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5603itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5604--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5605field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5606use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5607such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5608the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5609(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5610@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5611minimal space in the structure containing them.
5612
5613Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5614available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5615that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5616(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5617needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5618If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5619to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5620@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5621elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5622too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5623but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5624is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5625can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5626
5627You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5628remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5629in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5630operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5631There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5632ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5633@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5634into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5635@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5636the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5637
5638If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5639accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5640@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5641vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5642
5643Vector types are defined using a
5644@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5645type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5646characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5647@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5648(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5649awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5650check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5651@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5652that is not possible in plain C.
5653
5654An example of their use would be,
5655
5656@smallexample
5657DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5658
5659struct my_struct @{
5660 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5661@};
5662
5663struct my_struct *s;
5664
5665if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5666VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5667for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5668 @{ do something with elt @}
5669
5670@end smallexample
5671
5672The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5673accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5674
5675@table @code
5676@item VEC_length
5677Return the number of items in the array,
5678
5679@item VEC_empty
5680Return true if the array has no elements.
5681
5682@item VEC_last
5683@itemx VEC_index
5684Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5685
5686@item VEC_iterate
5687Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5688traversed.
5689
5690@item VEC_alloc
5691@itemx VEC_free
5692Create and destroy an array.
5693
5694@item VEC_embedded_size
5695@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5696Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5697
5698@item VEC_copy
5699Duplicate an array.
5700
5701@item VEC_space
5702Return the amount of free space in an array.
5703
5704@item VEC_reserve
5705Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5706
5707@item VEC_quick_push
5708@itemx VEC_safe_push
5709Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5710sure that it is.
5711
5712@item VEC_pop
5713Remove the last item from an array.
5714
5715@item VEC_truncate
5716Remove several items from the end of an array.
5717
5718@item VEC_safe_grow
5719Add several items to the end of an array.
5720
5721@item VEC_replace
5722Overwrite an item in the array.
5723
5724@item VEC_quick_insert
5725@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5726Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5727already exist, or the space is created.
5728
5729@item VEC_ordered_remove
5730@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5731Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5732
5733@item VEC_block_remove
5734Remove a set of items from the array.
5735
5736@item VEC_address
5737Provide the address of the first element.
5738
5739@item VEC_lower_bound
5740Binary search the array.
5741
5742@end table
5743
c906108c
SS
5744@section include
5745
a0e0ffdf 5746@node Coding Standards
c906108c 5747
a0e0ffdf
DE
5748@chapter Coding Standards
5749@cindex coding standards
5750
5751@section @value{GDBN} C Coding Standards
5752
5753@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
5754@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
5755FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5756of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5757but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
5758
5759@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5760@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
5761
5762@subsection ISO C
5763
5764@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5765compiler.
5766
5767@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
5768
5769@subsection Formatting
5770
5771@cindex source code formatting
5772The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
cef35b0f
PA
5773strictly. Any @value{GDBN}-specific deviation from GNU
5774recomendations is described below.
a0e0ffdf
DE
5775
5776A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5777function definition should have its name in column zero.
5778
5779@smallexample
5780/* Declaration */
5781static void foo (void);
5782/* Definition */
5783void
5784foo (void)
5785@{
5786@}
5787@end smallexample
5788
5789@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5790be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
5791
5792There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5793parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5794required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5795or before a close paren/bracket.
5796
5797While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5798more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
5799after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5800whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5801for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5802
5803Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5804
5805@smallexample
5806void *foo;
5807@end smallexample
5808
5809@noindent
5810and not:
5811
5812@smallexample
5813void * foo;
5814void* foo;
5815@end smallexample
5816
cef35b0f
PA
5817In addition, whitespace around casts and unary operators should follow
5818the following guidelines:
5819
5820@multitable @columnfractions .2 .2 .8
5821@item Use... @tab ...instead of @tab
5822
5823@item @code{!x}
5824@tab @code{! x}
5825@item @code{~x}
5826@tab @code{~ x}
5827@item @code{-x}
5828@tab @code{- x}
5829@tab (unary minus)
5830@item @code{(foo) x}
5831@tab @code{(foo)x}
5832@tab (cast)
5833@item @code{*x}
5834@tab @code{* x}
5835@tab (pointer dereference)
5836@end multitable
5837
0ee339bc
JK
5838Any two or more lines in code should be wrapped in braces, even if
5839they are comments, as they look like separate statements:
5840
5841@smallexample
5842if (i)
5843 @{
5844 /* Return success. */
5845 return 0;
5846 @}
5847@end smallexample
5848
5849@noindent
5850and not:
5851
5852@smallexample
5853if (i)
5854 /* Return success. */
5855 return 0;
5856@end smallexample
5857
a0e0ffdf
DE
5858@subsection Comments
5859
5860@cindex comment formatting
5861The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5862
5863Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5864@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
5865
5866@smallexample
5867/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5868 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5869 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5870 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
5871 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
5872@end smallexample
5873
5874(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
5875comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
5876
5877Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5878variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5879
5880In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5881than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5882line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5883than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5884
5885@subsection C Usage
5886
5887@cindex C data types
5888Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5889host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5890of evaluation of expressions.
5891
5892@cindex function usage
5893Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
5894in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5895call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5896limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
5897
5898However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5899are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5900
5901@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
5902(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5903protected with parentheses.)
5904
5905@cindex types
5906
5907Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5908declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5909
5910@subsection Function Prototypes
5911@cindex function prototypes
5912
5913Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5914a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5915argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5916function definition.
5917
5918All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5919callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5920be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5921visible to random source files.
5922
5923Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5924that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5925
5926@subsection File Names
5927
5928Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5929case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5930unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5931
5932@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5933platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5934is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5935@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5936convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5937@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5938@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5939
5940Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5941of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5942
5943@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5944
5945When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5946@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
5947@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5948independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5949the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5950should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5951programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
5952
5953For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5954
5955@subsection Include Files
5956
5957A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
5958
5959A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5960declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5961indirect inclusion.
5962
5963A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5964declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5965indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5966be directly included.
5967
5968An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
5969
5970An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5971Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5972pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5973
5974A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5975
5976An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5977files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5978@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5979
5980All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
5981
5982@smallexample
5983#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5984#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5985header body
5986#endif
5987@end smallexample
5988
5989@section @value{GDBN} Python Coding Standards
5990
5991@value{GDBN} follows the published @code{Python} coding standards in
5992@uref{http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/, @code{PEP008}}.
5993
5994In addition, the guidelines in the
5995@uref{http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/pyguide.html,
5996Google Python Style Guide} are also followed where they do not
5997conflict with @code{PEP008}.
5998
5999@subsection @value{GDBN}-specific exceptions
6000
6001There are a few exceptions to the published standards.
6002They exist mainly for consistency with the @code{C} standards.
6003
6004@c It is expected that there are a few more exceptions,
6005@c so we use itemize here.
6006
6007@itemize @bullet
6008
6009@item
6010Use @code{FIXME} instead of @code{TODO}.
6011
6012@end itemize
6013
6014@node Misc Guidelines
6015
6016@chapter Misc Guidelines
c906108c
SS
6017
6018This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 6019algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6020
6021@section Cleanups
56caf160 6022@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
6023
6024Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 6025later.
c906108c 6026
cc1cb004
AC
6027When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
6028@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
6029the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
6030cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
6031and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
6032is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
6033cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
6034created.
c906108c
SS
6035
6036Syntax:
6037
6038@table @code
c906108c
SS
6039@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
6040Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
6041
56caf160 6042@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
6043@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
6044Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
6045@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
6046handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
6047@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
6048@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
6049from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 6050
56caf160 6051@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 6052@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
6053Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
6054@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
6055
6056@findex discard_cleanups
6057@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
6058Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
6059the chain and does not call the specified functions.
6060@end table
6061
6062Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
6063@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
6064later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
6065performed). E.g.:
56caf160 6066
474c8240 6067@smallexample
c906108c 6068make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
6069@{
6070 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
6071 make_cleanup (c, 0)
6072 ...
6073 do_cleanups (old);
6074@}
474c8240 6075@end smallexample
56caf160 6076
c906108c 6077@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
6078will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
6079cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
6080be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
6081
6082Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
6083Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
6084will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
6085to two common cleanup styles.
6086
6087The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
6088@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
6089code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
6090code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
6091called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
6092@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 6093
474c8240 6094@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
6095struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
6096data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
6097make_cleanup (xfree, data);
6098... blah blah ...
6099do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 6100@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
6101
6102The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
6103@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
6104any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
6105code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
6106an error:
6107
474c8240 6108@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
6109FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
6110struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
6111... blah blah ...
6112discard_cleanups (old);
6113return file;
474c8240 6114@end smallexample
c906108c 6115
c1468174 6116Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
6117that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
6118means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
6119interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
6120functions, since they might never return to your code (they
6121@samp{longjmp} instead).
6122
ba8c9337
AC
6123@section Per-architecture module data
6124@cindex per-architecture module data
6125@cindex multi-arch data
6126@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
6127
fc989b7a
AC
6128The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
6129specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
6130architecture object.
6131
6132A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
6133
587afa38 6134@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
6135@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
6136per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
6137in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
6138architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
6139and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 6140@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 6141
587afa38 6142@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
6143@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
6144per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
6145always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
6146initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
6147per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
6148other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
6149create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 6150@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 6151
fc989b7a
AC
6152These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
6153identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 6154
fc989b7a 6155The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 6156
587afa38 6157@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
6158Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
6159@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
6160or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
6161current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
6162pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
6163corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 6164@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 6165
fc989b7a 6166The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
6167
6168@smallexample
e7f16015 6169struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 6170static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
6171@end smallexample
6172
fc989b7a
AC
6173A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
6174per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
6175per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
6176creation.
ba8c9337 6177
fc989b7a
AC
6178In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
6179architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
6180from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
6181
6182@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6183static void *
6184nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 6185@{
fc989b7a
AC
6186 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
6187 return data;
6188@}
ba8c9337
AC
6189@end smallexample
6190
ba8c9337 6191@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6192extern void
6193set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 6194@{
ba8c9337 6195 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 6196 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
6197@}
6198@end smallexample
6199
587afa38 6200A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 6201using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 6202
fc989b7a
AC
6203In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
6204@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
6205architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
6206
6207@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6208static void *
6209nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 6210@{
fc989b7a
AC
6211 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
6212 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
6213 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
6214@}
6215@end smallexample
6216
6217@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6218extern int
6219nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 6220@{
fc989b7a
AC
6221 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
6222 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
6223@}
6224@end smallexample
6225
c906108c 6226@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 6227@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 6228
56caf160 6229@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
6230Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
6231or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
6232added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
6233routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
6234exceeded.
6235
6236The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
6237printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
6238away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
6239@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
6240@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
6241return!
6242
56caf160 6243It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6244space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6245indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6246the line wraps there.
6247
6248Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6249finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6250to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6251print warnings are a good example.
6252
a0e0ffdf 6253@section Memory Management
af6c57ea
AC
6254
6255@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6256@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6257
6258@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6259@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6260these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6261they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6262@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6263
6264@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6265memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6266behavior.}
6267
6268@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6269
6270@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6271memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6272free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6273
6274@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6275@code{NULL} pointer.}
6276
6277@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6278allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6279
6280@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6281restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6282
6283@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6284function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6285
6286@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6287functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6288errors.}
6289
6290
a0e0ffdf 6291@section Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6292@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6293
aa79a185
DJ
6294With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6295@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6296are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6297building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6298
6299This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6300with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6301from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6302
6303The current list of warning flags includes:
6304
6305@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6306@item -Wall
6307Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6308
aa79a185 6309@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6310
aa79a185
DJ
6311@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6312code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6313
aa79a185 6314@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6315
aa79a185
DJ
6316@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6317Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6318might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6319Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6320@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6321but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6322
7be93b9e
JB
6323@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6324In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6325assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6326signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6327carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6328the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6329worth the time it would take.
6330
aa79a185
DJ
6331@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6332Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6333unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6334@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6335it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6336is being used.
6337
6338@item -Wno-unused
6339@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6340@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6341These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6342currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6343
aa79a185 6344@end table
c906108c 6345
a0e0ffdf 6346@section Internal Error Recovery
af6c57ea
AC
6347
6348During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6349User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6350entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6351object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6352Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6353run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6354
6355When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6356@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6357
6358@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6359
6360@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6361the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6362@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6363error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6364
a0e0ffdf 6365@section Command Names
aaf4119b
DE
6366
6367GDB U/I commands are written @samp{foo-bar}, not @samp{foo_bar}.
6368
a0e0ffdf 6369@section Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6370
56caf160 6371@cindex design
c906108c 6372In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6373semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6374experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6375trouble.
6376
56caf160 6377@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6378You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6379(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6380must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6381@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6382such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6383
6384You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6385the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6386current @code{target_ops} vector.
6387
6388You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6389(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6390assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6391host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6392written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6393copyright problems.
6394
56caf160 6395@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6396Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6397to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6398systems.
6399
56caf160 6400@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6401New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6402or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6403for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6404features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6405has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6406often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6407predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6408time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6409with regard to this feature.
6410
6411Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6412target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6413
dab11f21
EZ
6414@cindex portable file name handling
6415@cindex file names, portability
6416One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6417creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6418assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6419a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6420directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6421necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6422system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6423name, use the following portable macros:
6424
6425@table @code
6426@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6427@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6428This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6429whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6430symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6431such hosts.
6432
6433@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6434@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6435Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6436character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6437such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6438pass.
6439
6440@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6441@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6442Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6443For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6444@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6445@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6446
6447@findex FILENAME_CMP
6448@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6449Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6450appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6451this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6452will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6453
6454@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6455@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6456Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6457@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6458This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6459
6460@findex SLASH_STRING
6461@item SLASH_STRING
6462This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6463absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6464@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6465@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6466@end table
6467
6468In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6469functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6470basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6471@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6472platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6473with @code{strrchr}.
6474
25822942
DB
6475Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6476attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6477multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6478by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6479well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6480something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6481using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6482@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6483current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6484is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6485implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6486attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6487formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6488
56caf160
EZ
6489Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6490the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6491@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6492something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6493consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6494with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6495file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6496radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6497
af6c57ea
AC
6498All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6499@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6500messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6501@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6502
8487521e 6503@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6504
25822942 6505@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6506@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6507
56caf160 6508Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6509specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6510architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6511
56caf160 6512@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6513
587afa38
EZ
6514@item
6515Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6516the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6517modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6518
587afa38
EZ
6519@item
6520Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6521directory.
56caf160 6522
587afa38
EZ
6523@item
6524Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6525(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6526for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6527that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6528definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6529@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6530
6531Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6532@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6533@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6534gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6535
587afa38
EZ
6536@item
6537If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6538by defining a function
6539@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6540use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6541the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6542
587afa38
EZ
6543@item
6544If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6545should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6546in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6547
56caf160 6548@item
587afa38
EZ
6549Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6550have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6551
56caf160 6552@item
587afa38
EZ
6553Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6554guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6555Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6556
56caf160 6557@end itemize
c906108c 6558
d52fe014
AC
6559@node Versions and Branches
6560@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6561
d52fe014 6562@section Versions
8973da3a 6563
d52fe014
AC
6564@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6565@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6566
d52fe014
AC
6567@table @asis
6568@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6569@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6570an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6571@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6572a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65736.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6574@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6575a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65766.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6577@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6578a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6579@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6580may include additional changes
d52fe014 6581@end table
fb0ff88f 6582
d52fe014
AC
6583@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6584numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6585of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6586@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6587
53531fc1
AC
6588@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6589@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6590drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6591first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6592@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6593@var{patchlevel}.
6594
6595For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6596identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6597
6598@table @asis
6599@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6600drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6601@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6602@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6603drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
66046.1.90.20020304)
6605@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6606@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6607drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6608@end table
fb0ff88f 6609
d52fe014
AC
6610If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
66116.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6612here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6613
d52fe014
AC
6614@smallexample
6615 <HEAD>
6616 |
53531fc1 66176.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6618 |
53531fc1 6619 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6620 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6621 | |
53531fc1
AC
66226.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6623 | |
66246.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6625 | |
66266.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6627 | |
53531fc1
AC
66286.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6629 | |
66306.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6631 | |
66326.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6633 | |
66346.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6635 | |
66366.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6637 |
53531fc1 66386.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6639 |
53531fc1 6640 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6641 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6642 | |
66436.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6644 | |
d52fe014 6645@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6646
d52fe014
AC
6647@section Release Branches
6648@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6649
d52fe014
AC
6650@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6651single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6652branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6653
d52fe014
AC
6654@smallexample
6655gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6656gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6657gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6658@end smallexample
6659
6660@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6661release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6662date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6663branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6664
6665@section Vendor Branches
6666@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6667
6668To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6669@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6670(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6671its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6672Inc Patch 2)}.
6673
6674@section Experimental Branches
6675@cindex experimental branches
6676
6677@subsection Guidelines
6678
6679@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6680repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6681for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6682significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6683
d52fe014 6684The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6685
d52fe014
AC
6686@table @emph
6687
6688@item a branch has an owner
6689The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6690ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6691adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6692
6693@item all commits are posted
6694All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6695@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6696mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6697should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6698
6699@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6700This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6701and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6702
6703@item a branch is focused
6704A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6705unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6706be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6707
6708@item a branch tracks mainline
6709This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6710pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6711mainline.
6712
6713@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6714The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6715branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6716
6717@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6718The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6719the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6720@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6721
6722@end table
fb0ff88f 6723
d52fe014
AC
6724@subsection Tags
6725@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6726
d52fe014
AC
6727To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6728branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6729
d52fe014 6730@table @code
fb0ff88f 6731
d52fe014
AC
6732@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6733@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6734The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6735date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6736sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6737@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6738cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6739cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6740 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6741@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6742
d52fe014
AC
6743@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6744The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6745on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6746use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6747@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6748cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6749cvs update \
6750 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6751 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6752@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6753@noindent
6754Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6755merge.
6756
6757@end table
fb0ff88f 6758
d52fe014
AC
6759@noindent
6760For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6761@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6762
55f6ca0f
JB
6763@node Start of New Year Procedure
6764@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6765@cindex new year procedure
6766
6767At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6768
6769@itemize @bullet
6770@item
6771Rotate the ChangeLog file
6772
6773The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6774@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6775A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6776contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6777also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6778the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6779@smallexample
6780Local Variables:
6781mode: change-log
6782left-margin: 8
6783fill-column: 74
6784version-control: never
9cb011d3 6785coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6786End:
6787@end smallexample
6788
7f893741
JB
6789@item
6790Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6791in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6792
55f6ca0f
JB
6793@item
6794Update the copyright year in the startup message
6795
9cb011d3
JB
6796Update the copyright year in:
6797@itemize @bullet
e6f3ec50
JB
6798 @item
6799 file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6800 @item
6801 file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6802 @item
6803 file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
9cb011d3 6804@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6805
6806@item
ce1b17c4
JB
6807Run the @file{copyright.py} Python script to add the new year in the copyright
6808notices of most source files. This script has been tested with Python
68092.6 and 2.7.
6ec2edbe 6810
55f6ca0f
JB
6811@end itemize
6812
d52fe014 6813@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6814
d52fe014
AC
6815@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6816@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6817
9bb0a4d8
AC
6818@section Branch Commit Policy
6819
6820The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
68215.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6822
6823@itemize @bullet
6824@item
6825The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6826@item
6827Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6828trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6829file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6830@item
6831When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6832Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6833when debugging a static binary?
6834@item
6835The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6836the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6837@item
6838Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6839sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6840@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6841@end itemize
6842
6843@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6844functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6845This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6846reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6847
6848
cbb09e6a 6849@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6850
8642bc8f 6851Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6852code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6853(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6854
8642bc8f 6855Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6856line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6857been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6858
cbb09e6a
AC
6859The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6860wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6861Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6862
cbb09e6a 6863@enumerate
8973da3a 6864@item
87f9adc1 6865Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6866list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6867recommended.
8973da3a 6868@item
cbb09e6a 6869Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6870@item
87f9adc1 6871Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6872Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6873@item
cbb09e6a 6874Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6875@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6876Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6877prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6878@item
6879Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6880released.
6881@item
6882Remove the obsolete code.
6883@end enumerate
6884
6885@noindent
6886@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6887hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6888helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6889or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6890the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6891hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6892
8973da3a 6893
9ae8b82c
AC
6894
6895@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6896
8642bc8f
AC
6897The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6898changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6899instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6900building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6901@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6902
9ae8b82c 6903@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6904
9ae8b82c
AC
6905People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6906something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6907script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6908
9ae8b82c 6909@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6910
9ae8b82c
AC
6911Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6912@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6913@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6914
6915@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6916
8642bc8f 6917A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6918
8642bc8f
AC
6919@itemize @bullet
6920@item
6921@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6922@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6923@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6924file)
6925@item
6926@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6927@end itemize
6928
9ae8b82c 6929@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6930
87f9adc1 6931@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6932(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6933conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6934of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6935regressions.
8642bc8f 6936
9ae8b82c 6937@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6938
9ae8b82c 6939Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6940
9ae8b82c 6941@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6942
9ae8b82c 6943The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6944
8642bc8f 6945
30107679 6946@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6947
30107679 6948@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6949
474c8240 6950@smallexample
30107679
AC
6951$ u=5.1
6952$ v=5.2
6953$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6954$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6955$ echo $u $V $D
69565.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6957$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6958-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6959cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6960-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6961$ ^echo ^^
6962...
87f9adc1 6963$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6964-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6965cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6966-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6967$ ^echo ^^
6968...
8642bc8f 6969$
474c8240 6970@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6971
6972@itemize @bullet
6973@item
b247355e 6974By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6975date/time.
6976@item
b247355e 6977The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6978@item
b247355e 6979Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6980@item
b247355e 6981@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6982@item
b247355e 6983The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6984@end itemize
6985
6986@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6987
6988@smallexample
6989$ u=5.1
6990$ v=5.2
6991$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6992$ echo $u $v$V
69935.1 5_2
6994$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6995$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6996-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6997cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6998 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6999$ ^echo ^^
7000U src/gdb/version.in
7001$ cd src/gdb
7002$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
7003$ cat version.in
70045.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
7005$ cvs -f commit version.in
7006@end smallexample
7007
7008@itemize @bullet
7009@item
7010@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 7011mechanism.
30107679
AC
7012@item
7013@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 7014initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
7015@end itemize
7016
8642bc8f
AC
7017
7018@subheading Update the web and news pages
7019
30107679
AC
7020Something?
7021
8642bc8f
AC
7022@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
7023
30107679
AC
7024The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7025This file needs to be updated so that:
7026
7027@itemize @bullet
7028@item
b247355e 7029A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7030@item
b247355e 7031The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7032@end itemize
7033
7034@noindent
7035See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7036cron table.
7037
7038The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7039any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7040snapshot directories.
7041
7042
7043@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7044
7045The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7046to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7047refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7048
7049The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7050current release.
7051
7052@subheading Post the branch info
7053
7054Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7055
7056@itemize @bullet
7057@item
87f9adc1 7058@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7059@item
87f9adc1
PM
7060@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7061@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7062@end itemize
30107679
AC
7063
7064@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7065ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7066list are alerted.}
7067
7068The announcement should include:
7069
7070@itemize @bullet
7071@item
b247355e 7072The branch tag.
30107679 7073@item
b247355e 7074How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7075@item
b247355e 7076The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7077@item
b247355e 7078The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7079@end itemize
30107679 7080
8642bc8f
AC
7081@section Stabilize the branch
7082
7083Something goes here.
7084
7085@section Create a Release
7086
0816590b
AC
7087The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7088down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7089process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7090process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7091
0816590b
AC
7092When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7093
7094@subsection Create a release candidate
7095
7096The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7097made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7098candidate).
7099
7100@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7101
7102Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7103@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7104
7105@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7106
474c8240 7107@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7108$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7109$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7110$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7111$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7112/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7113$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7114$ cd $t/$b/$v
7115$ pwd
0816590b 7116/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7117$ which autoconf
7118/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7119$
474c8240 7120@end smallexample
8973da3a 7121
0816590b
AC
7122@noindent
7123Notes:
8973da3a 7124
0816590b
AC
7125@itemize @bullet
7126@item
7127Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7128version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7129It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7130system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7131@end itemize
7132
7133@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7134
474c8240 7135@smallexample
b247355e 7136$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7137do
8973da3a
AC
7138( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7139done
8642bc8f 7140$
474c8240 7141@end smallexample
8973da3a 7142
0816590b
AC
7143@noindent
7144Note:
8642bc8f 7145
0816590b
AC
7146@itemize @bullet
7147@item
7148The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7149any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7150@code{cvs} really does.
7151@end itemize
7152
7153@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7154
0816590b
AC
7155@table @file
7156
7157@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7158
7159Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7160releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7161
0816590b 7162Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7163
474c8240 7164@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7165$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7166...
7167c-x 4 a
7168...
7169c-x c-s c-x c-c
7170$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7171$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7172@end smallexample
8973da3a 7173
0816590b
AC
7174@item gdb/README
7175
7176You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7177
0816590b
AC
7178@itemize @bullet
7179@item
b247355e 7180The version.
0816590b 7181@item
b247355e 7182The update date.
0816590b 7183@item
b247355e 7184Who did it.
0816590b 7185@end itemize
8973da3a 7186
474c8240 7187@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7188$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7189...
8973da3a 7190c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7191...
8973da3a 7192c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7193$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7194$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7195@end smallexample
8973da3a 7196
0816590b
AC
7197@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7198before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7199to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7200
8642bc8f
AC
7201@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7202@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7203pursuing.}
8973da3a 7204
0816590b 7205@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7206
474c8240 7207@smallexample
8642bc8f 7208$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7209$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
72105.2
8642bc8f 7211$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7212...
7213c-x 4 a
0816590b 7214... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7215c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7216$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7217$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7218@end smallexample
8973da3a 7219
0816590b
AC
7220@end table
7221
7222@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7223
7224This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7225
4ce8657e
MC
7226@smallexample
7227$ for m in gdb insight
7228do
7229( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7230done
4ce8657e
MC
7231@end smallexample
7232
7233If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7234(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7235
474c8240 7236@smallexample
0816590b 7237$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7238do
0816590b 7239( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7240done
474c8240 7241@end smallexample
8973da3a 7242
0816590b 7243@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7244
0816590b 7245You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7246@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7247for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7248
474c8240 7249@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7250$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7251M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7252? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7253? proto-toplev
0816590b 7254@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7255M gdb/ChangeLog
7256M gdb/NEWS
7257M gdb/README
7258M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7259@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7260$
474c8240 7261@end smallexample
8973da3a 7262
0816590b 7263@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7264@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7265@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7266was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7267didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7268
0816590b 7269@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7270
474c8240 7271@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7272$ cp */src/*.tar .
7273$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7274$ ls -F
b247355e 7275gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7276$ for m in gdb insight
7277do
7278bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7279gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7280done
7281$
474c8240 7282@end smallexample
8973da3a 7283
0816590b
AC
7284@noindent
7285Note:
7286
7287@itemize @bullet
7288@item
7289A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7290in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7291can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7292process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7293@end itemize
7294
7295@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7296
0816590b 7297Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7298
0816590b
AC
7299@smallexample
7300$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7301$ cd gdb-5.2
7302$ ./configure
7303$ make
7304@dots{}
7305$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7306GNU gdb 5.2
7307@dots{}
7308(gdb) b main
7309Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7310(gdb) run
7311Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7312
7313Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7314734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7315(gdb) print args
7316$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7317(gdb)
7318@end smallexample
8973da3a 7319
0816590b 7320@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7321
0816590b 7322If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7323
0816590b
AC
7324@enumerate
7325@item
7326Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7327@item
7328Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7329@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7330process can restart.
7331@item
7332Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7333@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7334@item
87f9adc1
PM
7335Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7336@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7337@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7338
0816590b 7339@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7340
0816590b 7341(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7342
0816590b 7343@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7344
0816590b 7345Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7346
474c8240 7347@smallexample
0816590b 7348$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7349$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7350@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7351
0816590b
AC
7352@noindent
7353Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7354are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7355
7356@smallexample
7357$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7358$ rm @dots{}
7359@end smallexample
7360
7361@noindent
7362Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7363directory:
7364
7365@smallexample
7366$ vi README
7367@dots{}
7368$ rm -f .message
7369$ ln README .message
7370@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7371
0816590b 7372@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7373
0816590b
AC
7374@table @file
7375
7376@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7377This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7378@itemize @bullet
7379@item
b247355e 7380General announcement.
8642bc8f 7381@item
0816590b
AC
7382News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7383earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7384@item
b247355e 7385Errata.
0816590b
AC
7386@end itemize
7387
7388@item htdocs/index.html
7389@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7390@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7391These files include:
7392@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7393@item
b247355e 7394Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7395@item
b247355e 7396News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7397@end itemize
0816590b 7398These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7399
0816590b 7400@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7401You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7402docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7403from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7404Something like:
7405
474c8240 7406@smallexample
8642bc8f 7407$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7408 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7409 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7410 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7411 gdb
474c8240 7412@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7413
0816590b
AC
7414@item download/ari/
7415Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7416
0816590b
AC
7417@smallexample
7418$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7419 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7420 $PWD/www \
7421 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7422 gdb
7423@end smallexample
7424
7425@end table
7426
7427@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7428
7429Something goes here.
7430
7431
7432@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7433
7434At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7435@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7436
7437@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7438
7439Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7440
7441@itemize @bullet
7442@item
87f9adc1 7443@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7444@item
0816590b
AC
7445@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7446day or so to let things get out)
7447@item
7448@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7449@end itemize
7450
0816590b 7451@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7452
0816590b 7453The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7454
0816590b 7455@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7456
0816590b 7457In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7458
7459@itemize @bullet
7460@item
7461@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7462@item
7463@file{gdb/version.in}
7464@item
7465@file{gdb/NEWS}
7466@item
7467@file{gdb/README}
7468@end itemize
7469
0816590b 7470@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7471
7472Something like:
7473
474c8240 7474@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7475$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7476$ echo $d
74772002-01-24
7478$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7479$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7480@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7481
0816590b 7482Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7483@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7484
7485@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7486
0816590b
AC
7487Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7488indicates when the release was made.
7489
7490@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7491
7492If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7493@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7494committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7495@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7496is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7497
7498Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7499
0816590b 7500@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7501
8642bc8f
AC
7502The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7503trunk.
8973da3a 7504
0816590b
AC
7505@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7506
87f9adc1 7507Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7508Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7509generated by running:
7510
7511@smallexample
7512$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7513@end smallexample
7514
7515@noindent
7516The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7517of the most recent release.
7518
7519Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7520
8642bc8f 7521@section Post release
8973da3a 7522
8642bc8f 7523Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7524
085dd6e6
JM
7525@node Testsuite
7526
7527@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7528@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7529
56caf160
EZ
7530The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7531While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7532this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7533the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7534to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7535
b247355e
NR
7536The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7537tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7538runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7539
7540@section Using the Testsuite
7541
56caf160 7542@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7543To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7544testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7545environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7546the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7547and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7548finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7549
474c8240 7550@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7551 === gdb Summary ===
7552
7553# of expected passes 6016
7554# of unexpected failures 58
7555# of unexpected successes 5
7556# of expected failures 183
7557# of unresolved testcases 3
7558# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7559@end smallexample
56caf160 7560
a9f158ec
JB
7561To run a specific test script, type:
7562@example
7563make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7564@end example
7565where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7566spaces.
7567
f5a33284
TT
7568If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7569testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7570takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7571@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7572even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7573by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7574non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7575that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7576with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7577
085dd6e6
JM
7578The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7579conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7580real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7581failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7582hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7583everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7584being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7585lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7586Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7587reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7588catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7589program.
7590
7591When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7592testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7593regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7594run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7595compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7596testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7597options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7598host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7599mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7600
7601If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7602tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7603and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7604Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7605failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7606difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7607in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7608tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7609
e7dc800a
MC
7610DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7611some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7612the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7613will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7614
7615@smallexample
7616UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7617@end smallexample
7618
c5f80513
DE
7619@section Testsuite Parameters
7620
7621Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite.
7622
7623@itemize @bullet
7624
7625@item @code{TRANSCRIPT}
7626
812f7342
TT
7627Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7628the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7629crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7630reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7631
7632You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7633setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7634before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7635will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7636be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7637@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7638line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7639each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7640
7641@smallexample
7642make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7643@end smallexample
7644
7645Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7646of completion can yield partial command lines.
7647
c5f80513
DE
7648@item @code{GDB}
7649
7650Sometimes one wishes to test a different @value{GDBN} than the one in the build
7651directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on
7652@file{/usr/bin/gdb}.
7653
7654@smallexample
7655make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb
7656@end smallexample
7657
7658@item @code{GDBSERVER}
7659
7660When testing a different @value{GDBN}, it is often useful to also test a
7661different gdbserver.
7662
7663@smallexample
7664make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver"
7665@end smallexample
7666
1be00882
DE
7667@item @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}
7668
7669When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in
7670@file{~/.gdbinit} to interfere with the tests, therefore the test harness
7671passes @option{-nx} to @value{GDBN}. One also doesn't want any windowed
217bff3e 7672version of @value{GDBN}, e.g., @samp{gdb -tui}, to run.
1be00882
DE
7673This is achieved via @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}.
7674
7675@smallexample
7676set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx"
7677@end smallexample
7678
7679This is all well and good, except when testing an installed @value{GDBN}
7680that has been configured with @option{--with-system-gdbinit}. Here one
7681does not want @file{~/.gdbinit} loaded but one may want the system
7682@file{.gdbinit} file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing @code{$HOME}
7683at a directory without a @file{.gdbinit} and by overriding
7684@code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS} and removing @option{-nx}.
7685
7686@smallexample
7687cd testsuite
7688HOME=`pwd` runtest \
7689 GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \
7690 GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \
7691 INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw
7692@end smallexample
7693
c5f80513
DE
7694@end itemize
7695
7696There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional parameters
7697to DejaGnu. The first is with @kbd{make check} and specifying the
7698makefile variable @samp{RUNTESTFLAGS}.
7699
7700@smallexample
7701make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7702@end smallexample
7703
7704The second is to cd to the @file{testsuite} directory and invoke the DejaGnu
7705@command{runtest} command directly.
7706
7707@smallexample
7708cd testsuite
7709make site.exp
7710runtest TRANSCRIPT=y
7711@end smallexample
7712
c09529e5
JB
7713@section Testsuite Configuration
7714@cindex Testsuite Configuration
7715
7716It is possible to adjust the behavior of the testsuite by defining
7717the global variables listed below, either in a @file{site.exp} file,
7718or in a board file.
7719
7720@itemize @bullet
7721
7722@item @code{gdb_test_timeout}
7723
7724Defining this variable changes the default timeout duration used during
7725communication with @value{GDBN}. More specifically, the global variable
7726used during testing is @code{timeout}, but this variable gets reset to
7727@code{gdb_test_timeout} at the beginning of each testcase, making sure
7728that any local change to @code{timeout} in a testcase does not affect
7729subsequent testcases.
7730
7731This global variable comes in handy when the debugger is slower than
7732normal due to the testing environment, triggering unexpected @code{TIMEOUT}
7733test failures. Examples include when testing on a remote machine, or
7734against a system where communications are slow.
7735
7736If not specifically defined, this variable gets automatically defined
7737to the same value as @code{timeout} during the testsuite initialization.
7738The default value of the timeout is defined in the file
7739@file{gdb/testsuite/config/unix.exp} that is part of the @value{GDBN}
7740test suite@footnote{If you are using a board file, it could override
7741the test-suite default; search the board file for "timeout".}.
7742
7743@end itemize
7744
085dd6e6
JM
7745@section Testsuite Organization
7746
56caf160 7747@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7748The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7749testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7750and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7751handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7752@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7753all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7754configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7755definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7756
7757The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7758subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7759with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7760in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7761get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7762
7763The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7764are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7765located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7766execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7767intelligibility.
7768
56caf160 7769@table @file
085dd6e6 7770@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7771This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7772configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7773The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7774ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7775for prototypes).
7776
7777@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7778Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7779@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7780
7781@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7782Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7783(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7784HP-UX.
7785
7786@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7787Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
77881999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7789couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7790imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7791extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7792
7793@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7794Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7795instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7796@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7797@end table
7798
7799@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7800@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7801
25822942 7802In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7803should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7804
7805You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7806includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7807However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7808instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7809calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7810
7811Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7812necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7813a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7814@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7815prompts.
7816
7817Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7818On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7819spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7820
7821The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7822style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7823styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7824instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7825never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7826uniformly.
7827
13ac8d2c
JK
7828Some testcase results need more detailed explanation:
7829
7830@table @code
7831@item KFAIL
7832Known problem of @value{GDBN} itself. You must specify the @value{GDBN} bug
7833report number like in these sample tests:
7834@smallexample
7835kfail "gdb/13392" "continue to marker 2"
7836@end smallexample
7837or
7838@smallexample
7839setup_kfail gdb/13392 "*-*-*"
7840kfail "continue to marker 2"
7841@end smallexample
7842
7843@item XFAIL
7844Known problem of environment. This typically includes @value{NGCC} but it
7845includes also many other system components which cannot be fixed in the
7846@value{GDBN} project. Sample test with sanity check not knowing the specific
7847cause of the problem:
7848@smallexample
7849# On x86_64 it is commonly about 4MB.
7850if @{$stub_size > 25000000@} @{
7851 xfail "stub size $stub_size is too large"
7852 return
7853@}
7854@end smallexample
7855
7856You should provide bug report number for the failing component of the
7857environment, if such bug report is available:
7858@smallexample
7859if @{[test_compiler_info @{gcc-[0-3]-*@}]
7860 || [test_compiler_info @{gcc-4-[0-5]-*@}]@} @{
7861 setup_xfail "gcc/46955" *-*-*
7862@}
7863gdb_test "python print ttype.template_argument(2)" "&C::c"
7864@end smallexample
7865@end table
7866
f02e2b19
YQ
7867@section Board settings
7868In @value{GDBN} testsuite, the tests can be configured or customized in the board
7869file by means of @dfn{Board Settings}. Each setting should be consulted by
7870test cases that depend on the corresponding feature.
7871
7872Here are the supported board settings:
7873
7874@table @code
7875
7876@item gdb,cannot_call_functions
7877The board does not support inferior call, that is, invoking inferior functions
7878in @value{GDBN}.
7879@item gdb,can_reverse
7880The board supports reverse execution.
7881@item gdb,no_hardware_watchpoints
7882The board does not support hardware watchpoints.
7883@item gdb,nofileio
7884@value{GDBN} is unable to intercept target file operations in remote and perform
7885them on the host.
7886@item gdb,noinferiorio
7887The board is unable to provide I/O capability to the inferior.
7888@c @item gdb,noresults
7889@c NEED DOCUMENT.
7890@item gdb,nosignals
7891The board does not support signals.
7892@item gdb,skip_huge_test
7893Skip time-consuming tests on the board with slow connection.
7894@item gdb,skip_float_tests
7895Skip tests related to float points on target board.
7896@item gdb,use_precord
7897The board supports process record.
7898@item gdb_server_prog
7899The location of GDBserver. If GDBserver somewhere other than its default
7900location is used in test, specify the location of GDBserver in this variable.
7901The location is a file name of GDBserver that can be either absolute or
7902relative to testsuite subdirectory in build directory.
7903@item in_proc_agent
7904The location of in-process agent. If in-process agent other than its default
7905location is used in test, specify the location of in-process agent in
7906this variable. The location is a file name of in-process agent that can be
7907either absolute or relative to testsuite subdirectory in build directory.
7908@item noargs
7909@value{GDBN} does not support argument passing for inferior.
7910@item no_long_long
7911The board does not support type @code{long long}.
7912@c @item use_cygmon
7913@c NEED DOCUMENT.
7914@item use_gdb_stub
7915The tests are running with gdb stub.
7916@end table
7917
c906108c
SS
7918@node Hints
7919
7920@chapter Hints
7921
7922Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7923appear anywhere else in the directory.
7924
7925@menu
25822942 7926* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7927* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7928@end menu
7929
629d6a47 7930@node Getting Started
c906108c
SS
7931
7932@section Getting Started
7933
25822942 7934@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7935work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7936know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7937
25822942
DB
7938This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7939generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7940
7941Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7942comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7943function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7944explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7945free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7946out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7947actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7948
7949Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7950native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7951repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7952macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7953default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7954also documents all the available macros.
7955@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7956@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7957@c Conditionals})
7958
56caf160
EZ
7959Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7960@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7961@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7962code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7963
7964You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7965enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7966language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7967the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7968and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7969are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7970approach.
7971
25822942 7972Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7973specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7974function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7975will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7976calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7977(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7978called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7979functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7980one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7981structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7982the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7983look like.
7984
7985Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7986code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7987principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7988else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7989rather than worrying about all its details.
7990
56caf160
EZ
7991@cindex command implementation
7992A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7993a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7994single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7995@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7996via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7997which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7998the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7999@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
8000command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
8001display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
8002not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
8003tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
8004breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
8005
8006@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
8007If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
8008on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
8009wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 8010@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
8011Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
8012
629d6a47 8013@node Debugging GDB
c906108c 8014
25822942 8015@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 8016@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 8017
25822942 8018If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
8019fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
8020Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 8021debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 8022./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 8023@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 8024
dc1039df
JK
8025When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read
8026@file{gdb-gdb.gdb} file (plus possibly @file{gdb-gdb.py} file) that sets up
8027some simple things to make debugging gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when
8028executed without a subcommand in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop
8029you back up to the top level gdb. See @file{gdb-gdb.gdb} for details.
c906108c
SS
8030
8031If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
8032you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
8033routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
8034@kbd{M-.}
8035
25822942 8036Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
8037have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
8038
8039@section Submitting Patches
8040
56caf160 8041@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 8042Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 8043@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
8044Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
8045changes.
8046
25822942
DB
8047The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
8048This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
8049
8050If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
8051or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
8052with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
8053
56caf160 8054@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
8055The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
8056copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
8057of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
8058standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
8059and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
8060owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
8061changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
8062etc) can be
9e0b60a8 8063contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 8064bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
8065this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
8066since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
8067
8068Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
8069feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
8070Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
8071header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
8072each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
8073needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
8074@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
8075single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
8076
8077In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 8078sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
8079If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
8080out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 8081
9e0b60a8
JM
8082The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
8083install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
8084or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 8085will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
8086The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
8087the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
8088being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
8089tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
8090the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
8091acceptable.
8092
8093If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
8094of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
8095installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
8096reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
8097complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
8098they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
8099permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
8100be for quite some time.
c906108c 8101
56caf160 8102Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 8103@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 8104
36af4ef6
MD
8105@section Build Script
8106
8107@cindex build script
8108
8109The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
8110@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
8111targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
8112affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
8113@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
8114
8115After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
8116supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
8117information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
8118in the directory the script was called from.
8119
bcd7e15f 8120@include observer.texi
e4c0cfae
SS
8121
8122@node GNU Free Documentation License
8123@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
aab4e0ec
AC
8124@include fdl.texi
8125
055855a4
EZ
8126@node Concept Index
8127@unnumbered Concept Index
56caf160
EZ
8128
8129@printindex cp
8130
055855a4
EZ
8131@node Function and Variable Index
8132@unnumbered Function and Variable Index
8133
8134@printindex fn
8135
c906108c 8136@bye
This page took 1.720416 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.